base camp everest trek distance

Classic EBC Trek
EBC + Gokyo Trek
Jiri to EBC
3 Passes Trek to EBC
Island Peak and EBC
Acclimatisation
Packing List
Get a Trek Quote

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance, Length and Elevation

The Everest Base Camp Trek is the most popular trek in the Nepal region and one of the most iconic and well-known treks in the world.

After a nerve-racking flight into Lukla airport that is sure to get you pumped up, you will retrace the footsteps of Sir Edmund Hillary, Tenzing Norgay and the countless other brave men and women who have summited Everest after them.

The route takes you through the beautiful Sagarmatha National Park and eventually ends up at Everest Base Camp, where you will feel the buzz and excitement of potential summiteers of the world’s tallest mountain (the main climbing season kicks off in April and culminates in the 3rd or 4th week of May).

Popular questions asked about the Everest Base Camp Trek always seems to follow the similar pattern of ‘how hard?’, ‘how long?’ and ‘how high?’.

This article will cover the raw data behind the trek to answer all those burning question about distance, length and elevation.

To get a better understanding of how challenging the trek is, read our in-depth article on the difficulty of the Everest Base Camp Trek .

[adinserter block=”2″]

The classic Everest Base Camp trek from Lukla to EBC and back is 130km long – 65km each way – which may sound like a lot of trekking!

Fear not, because the typical round trip to Everest Base Camp takes around 12 days, the actual distance you will be covering each day will be about 15km – a much more reasonable and achievable number.

Furthermore, the average walking pace is about 5km/hour, so 15km per day does not sound too bad anymore.

Obviously, you will not be trekking at that pace because of the rocky terrain, gradual ascent and high altitude gains that have to be made.

The point being made is that the distance is very attainable for all people of all ages, shapes and sizes!

If you book through a tour operator , you will likely have the luxury of having your large bags carried for you by porters or by yak / mules. This should further take the strain off your body and allow you to focus on getting yourself safely up and back down the trail.

[adinserter block=”3″]

The typical length, in terms of time, of the Everest Base Camp trek is around 12 days. There are variations of standard route, like Jiri to Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes trek , which take longer.

The outward route from Lukla to Everest Base Camp is significantly longer, in terms of time, than the return route to allow for proper acclimatization and to minimize the risks of Acute Mountain Sickness and related illnesses.

It should take around 9 days of trekking to reach base camp and just 3 days to return to Lukla.

To get a better idea of the distances and day-by-day break down of the typical Everest Base Camp Trek we have posted a sample itinerary below:

Day 1: Arrive in Kathmandu where you will spend the night.
Day 2: Fly from Kathmandu to Lukla, then walk to Phakding – 9 km (4 hours)
Day 3: Trek from Phakding to Namchee Bazaar – 12 km (6 hours)
Day 4: Acclimatization day. No walking except maybe a quick hike up to the Everest View Hotel.
Day 5: Trek from Namchee Bazaar to Tengboche – 10 km (6 hours)
Day 6: Hike from Tengboche to Dingboche – 12 km (6 hours)
Day 7: Acclimatization day in Dingboche. Explore the area.
Day 8: Trek from Dingboche to Lobuche – 12 km (7 hours)
Day 9: Hike from Lobuche to Gorak Shep to EBC and back to Gorak Shep – 15 km (8 hours)
Day 10: Hike from Gorak Shep up Kala Pathar and then to Pheriche – 13 km (7 hours)
Day 11: Trek from Pheriche back to Namchee Bazaar – 14 km (8 hours)
Day 12: Hike from Namchee Bazaar to the airstrip at Lukla – 15 km (8 hours)
Day 13: Fly back to Kathmandu
Day 14: Leave Kathmandu

[adinserter block=”4″]

The most challenging element of the trek is probably elevation . Even at the start of the trek at Lukla airport you will be at an altitude of over 2,600m. As most people’s bodies are not used to these altitudes, the trek involves acclimatization days and the ascent to Everest Base Camp will occur at a much slower pace than the descent to allow for acclimatization and to ensure safety.

Typical elevation gains will be in the range of 400-800m each day. Days when the gain is large and the altitude is significantly high will usually be followed by an acclimatization day that doubles up as time for some sightseeing and exploration of the surrounding areas.

Here is an Everest Base Camp trek elevation and altitude profile for the standard trek.

https://www.mountainiq.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/everest-base-camp-trek-altitude-map1.jpg

The highest point on most Everest Base Camp Treks tends to be the Kala Patthar viewing point where you will be blessed with some of the best views of Everest and the nearby peaks. Kala Patthar stands at just over 5500m, but not too much time is spent at that altitude as the trek then descends back down to Pheriche and eventually back to Lukla Airport.

Hopefully these facts and figures have convinced you set out on your own trek to Everest Base Camp – if so, happy trekking!

Tags: Everest Base Camp Trek Distance, How long is the Everest Base Camp Trek? Length of the Everest Base Camp trek, Everest Base Camp trek altitude, Everest Base Camp Trek elevation

Mark Whitman

Hi, I'm Mark! Welcome to EBC Trek Guide - the Web's No.1 Trekking Guide to Everest Base Camp. I have trekked all over Nepal, but the Everest region remains my favourite. I hope you find all the answers you are looking for on this site. If you have any questions don't hesitate to drop a comment below! Happy Trekking!

Get a quote from the best local trek operator in Nepal!

Get my recommendations on the Best EBC trek operators

[email protected]
+977 9841161593
+977 9851149890

You are here:
Trekking and Hiking

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance Length and Elevation Guide

a journey to the highest base camp on earth......

Updated on Jul 2, 2023

Notice: Nepal bans solo trekking for foreigners, coming into effect from 1st April 2023

There is no doubt about the popularity of Everest Base Camp Trek ( 15-Day ) which has always been rated among the top ten destinations for trekkers around the globe. Now, the question is why travelers prefer to hike all the way to Everest despite its difficulty. A very simple answer will be due to its diversity of nature and culture.

The entire region of Everest also known as the Khumbu Region is one of the UNESCO heritage situated at the highest altitude. This region also is the highest settlement area of the world mainly inhabited by the Sherpas.

Without entering further into the unrelated topic which I have included in my other blogs. Let’s talk about the distance for the Everest Base Camp Trek ( 9-Day )

Trekking all the way to Everest Base Camp ( 16-Day ) is a strenuous climb uphill but is accessible to accomplish the target if some minor requirements are fulfilled (this is mainly recommended for those trekkers who are first at such an altitude and are layman related to Himalayan treks).

Now dragging myself towards my intention of this blog. To speak there are two different trails to follow all the way to Everest Base Camp. Among them, one is the oldest route which was followed by the first expedition team of Sir Edmund Hillary in 1953 and is also the longest route to Everest Base Camp ( 12-Day )

Let’s talk about both the Everest Base Camp Trekking ( 13-Day ) trekking route separately and how it goes, along with all the detailed information:

Trek to Everest Base Camp via Lukla
Trek to Everest Base Camp via Jiri

Now let’s deal separately with the distance, altitude, and route of both trails taking us to the same point of Everest Base Camp.

Trek to Everest Base Camp Via Lukla

Trekking to Everest Base Camp through Lukla is the shortest way to the highest base camp on earth. Here you can enjoy a short scenic flight from Kathmandu airport to Lukla airport which is just around a 30-minute flight and can hike all the way to Phakding on the very same day.

This will reduce your 7 days via Jiri which is just a one-way hike uphill. On the other hand, you can spend two extra nights for acclimatization while ascending the Everest Base Camp. This makes the trek shorter, easier, less time-consuming, and also budget and affordable.

Further, descending downhill you can take a short flight back to Kathmandu Airport through Lukla Airport . This two-way hike to EBC is just 130 km (80 miles), which is to be completed in 9 days with 2 additional days for acclimatizations. Thus, making the entire trip an 11 days hike from Lukla to Lukla.

But an extra day is required to take a flight back to Kathmandu airport early in the morning. Let’s see how the Itinerary for the Everest Trek Via Lukla goes:

The above-mentioned flight distance is the aerial distance between the overnight camp but the overall distance for the Everest Base Camp trek including the short hike during the acclimatization day will be 130 km which is the distance to be trekked during the trip ascending uphill and descending all the way downhill, keeping the measuring point as Lukla airport.

Trek to Everest Base Camp Via Jiri

This trail to Everest Base Camp is one of the first but longest trails to Everest. The popularity of the Jiri trail was highlighted in 1953 when Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa first summited to the top.

This dual accomplishment led the world to recognize Mt. Everest as the highest mountain and can be submitted, also brought a glimpse of the possibility for others to keep a record.

As I have already mentioned Everest Base Camp trek from Jiri is the longest route but is shorter than the first climbers used to hike all to the summit point. This is so because now trekkers can drive all the way to Jiri from Kathmandu which was not possible some decades ago.

Although it is shorter than used to be but still it is longer than the other short trail to Everest. If you are planning to trek from Jiri to Everest Base Camp and descend to Kathmandu without a flight option, then the entire trip from Jiri to Kathmandu will be of 22-25 days depending upon the route you follow.

For many trekkers, it might be difficult to arrange a long holiday for the Everest Trek ( 10-Day ) but few do to date follow the Hillary trail to Everest. Now, let’s see how the Itinerary for the Everest Trek Via Jiri goes:

Still, you are desperate to trek Everest Base Camp Via Jiri which is the oldest route as well but worried about arranging a long vacation. Relax I will help you with how to make this route shorter. This Everest Base Camp Trek Via Jiri can be customized into a 20-day trek from Kathmandu to Kathmandu. For this, we need to thank Lukla Airport. Let’s see how this Itinerary goes:

Which is the best and easy way to hike Everest Base Camp Trek

Although there are two different ways to hike all the way to Everest Base Camp (through Jiri and Lukla) the most popular date trail is no doubt the Lukla trail. Hiking all the way to Everest Base Camp is a challenging task due to its altitude and time consuming but the beauty of the trial is mesmerizing.

Despite its difficulty, the Everest Base Camp trail is gaining popularity all around the world. This is also because now you can customize the trail to just a 12-day hike from Kathmandu to Everest Base Camp and all the way back to Kathmandu.

Everest Base Camp trek can be shortened when you take a domestic flight to Lukla Airport from Kathmandu. This minimizes the 135km distance in just 30-minute and when we do the same while descending it minimizes our 135km more in just the same 30 minutes, which means in just an hour we will be able to cover 270km.

Upon landing at the Lukla airport, our real adventure to Everest begins all the way through the low alpine into the high Himalayas taking us to the highest altitude of 5545 meters at Kalapatthar and 5364 meters at the base camp of Mt. Everest.

Hiking through Lukla will reduce your required number of days for the trek along with the cost. This route is popular and also affordable for any trekkers, making one accomplish their dream of being at the base of the highest mountain on earth.

On the other hand, if you follow the old route to Everest Base Camp which is through Jiri or Salleri. This will take not less than 22-25 days to complete the trial, avoiding the flight (both ways). As the number of days increases the cost of the trip also does and driving all the way to Jiri or Salleri is also not an easy drive, it takes around 10-11 hours to reach the starting point of the trek off-road.

Now, to share my experience without any doubt I will recommend Everest Base Camp Trek Via Lukla which is affordable, and less time-consuming with scenic flights of the Himalayas.

For more information WhatsApp: +977-9841161593 or Email: [email protected]

Kumar Lamsal

Kumar is one of the Co-founders and Managing directors of Discover Altitude holding 18 years of experience in the tourism sector of Nepal. He has trekked to almost all the popular regions of Nepal and is an authorized trekking and tour guide.

Started his career as a porter to support his study, now holds MPhil and LLB degree, and is doing his Ph.D. in religious studies. He loves traveling to the Himalayas and has deep knowledge about religion, culture, and history.

Kumar is also involved in the teaching sector as a part-timer to deliver his research related to the cultural and religious diversity of Nepal and is the one who mostly answers your queries giving them his personal touch through his decade-long experience.

Send us your feedback

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek: EBC Trekking Guide For Nepal

The Mount Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal is one of the world’s best bucket list hikes. In less than 2 weeks, you can trek to the foot of Mt Everest and other snowy peaks in the Himalayan mountains.

The good news is that it’s not a super difficult hike, and you don’t need a big budget to do it. The EBC trek is worth it for the fun and accomplishment alone, but you also get views of the Himalayas that are out of this world.

This travel guide will explain how you can do the Mt Everest Base Camp hike independently (with or without a tour guide), along with a recommended packing list and everything else you need to know before you go!

Best Everest Base Camp Tours

First of all, if you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive.

We’ve used Klook for lots of tours and activities around the world, and they’re great! Highly recommended.

Book Now: Everest Base Camp Tours

Mount Everest and other snowy peaks on the EBC Trek in Nepal

When To Do The EBC Trek

The Mt Everest region has 4 different trekking seasons:

March – May: High season. Best weather, with stable temperatures and bright sunny days, but the trails can get crowded. During these months you may share the EBC trail with pro climbers on the way to go summit Everest.
June – August: Monsoon season. There’s a lot more rain during these months, and the trails are mostly empty.
September – October: Clear days and busy trails. This is one of the most popular trekking seasons.
November – February: Coldest season, but the weather is stable and dry. The trails are mostly clear.

I trekked in early February, and even though it was nice having the trail mostly to myself, the cold in the evenings and mornings was straight up misery.

My home state of Missouri can get very cold in the winter, but the cold has just never been my thing. If I could go back and change it, I would definitely do my Everest Base Camp hike later in the season.

Prayer wheels near Lukla on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Everest Base Camp Weather

Temperatures on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek can range from 5 °C (40 °F) to 20 °C (70 °F) depending on month, and as low as -30 °C (-22 °F) at night during the winter months.

If you trek during the warmer months (Mar-May and Sep-Oct), the cold is not a big problem and shouldn’t be hard to cope with. Winter is a different story. Your snot will freeze in your nose at Gorak Shep.

Sunshine is key for winter trekking in Nepal, and thankfully you should have lots of sun in most months outside of the monsoon season. On my February hike, I often found myself shedding all my layers while trekking because I was heating up in the sun.

If you do your Everest Base Camp hike during the winter, the biggest issue is staying warm in the evenings and at night. For this, you’ll definitely want a top quality down jacket and sleeping bag.

Ama Dablam mountain and stupa on the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal

All About Everest Base Camp Trekking

My everest base camp itinerary.

Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Benkar .
Day 2: Benkar to Namche Bazaar .
Day 3: Namche Acclimatization Day .
Day 4: Namche to Deboche .
Day 5: Deboche to Pangboche .
Day 6: Pangboche to Dingboche .
Day 7: Dingboche Acclimatization Day .
Day 8: Dingboche to Thukla .
Day 9: Thukla to Gorak Shep .
Day 10: Everest Base Camp .
Day 11: Kala Patthar to Gorak Shep to Pheriche .
Day 12: Pheriche to Namche .
Day 13: Namche to Lukla .

Porter with a huge pack on the EBC trek in Nepal

If you ever need motivation to keep going on the Everest Base Camp hike, just look at how much the porters are carrying!

Hikers near Pumori Peak and Kala Patthar on the Everest Base Camp trek in Nepal

Mount Pumori as seen from the Kala Patthar viewpoint, just a short distance from Mt Everest Base Camp.

Ama Dablam and another mountain range on the EBC trek in Nepal

Ama Dablam, one of my favorite mountains on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek.

EBC Trek Packing List / Gear

This isn’t a complete list of everything to bring on a Mt Everest Base Camp Trek, and you may have to change things up a little depending on what month you go, but these are just some of the basics.

You can find most of this gear in Kathmandu, but in my opinion you’ll get higher quality and a wider selection if you order online.

Beanie: I only wore this at night, but it definitely helped keep my ears warm.
Down Jacket: Bring the biggest, warmest DJ possible. This is your most important piece of gear. You can use it as an extra cover at night.
Fleece Sweater: This is the only jacket you’ll need to wear while trekking most days, especially if it’s sunny.
Shirts: Something comfy with quick dry material.
Trekking Pants: Something lightweight and breathable.
Thermal Underwear: May not be needed if you trek in the warmer months.
Gloves: I only wore these at night, but they definitely helped keep my hands warm.
Socks: Merino wool is best for staying warm and stopping moisture.
Headlight: Smart to have at least a small one, just in case.
Tumbler: 1 liter water bottle to refill daily on the trek.
Sunblock: It’s easy to sunburn at high altitudes. A small bottle is plenty.
Sunglasses: Good for snow. May not be necessary unless you plan to hike a mountain pass like Cho La.
Hat: I wore old faithful throughout the hike.
Watch: An altimeter watch would be fun to play with here.
Camera: Duh. You can’t do the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek without taking lots of pictures.
Power Bank: Bring a big power bank and you might only need to recharge it once on the whole trek.

Stupa and mountain near Dingboche on the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

For a 13 day trek, I paid about $21 USD per day for food, drinks, and room. Porter/guide was an extra $25 per day, although it’s not a requirement. Flights to Lukla were $330 return, but again not a requirement if you hike in.

You can read the sections below for more info on the daily trekking costs and what you get for your money. It’s not a very expensive trek, all things considered!

Keep in mind, these numbers are from 2020. They’ll go up a little over time. Exchange rates may also vary, so check the latest rates .

Stupa and mountains near Namche Bazaar on the EBC Trek in Nepal

The flight to Lukla from Kathmandu is $165 USD each way. You can shop for flights to Lukla at Skyscanner.

If your budget is tight or you have extra time, you can skip this flight by hiking from Jiri to Lukla rather than flying. It only adds a couple days to the itinerary.

Planes at the Lukla airport on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Guide / Porter / Solo

You can do the EBC trek with a guide, porter, OR independently (solo).

A guide will show you the way to Mt Everest Base Camp and help with lodging, navigation, advice, taking pictures for you, etc. A porter-guide will do these same things and also carry a 20 kg (45 lb) pack for you.

A porter or guide is NOT a requirement to do this hike, especially if you go in the warmer months when you may not need as much gear. In 2023, they were supposedly introducing a guide requirement for EBC, but so far that has not been enforced at all, thankfully.

With that said, there are some good advantages to hiring a guide, and it’s pretty cheap by Western standards. A porter is only $15 or $20 USD per day, and a porter-guide is $25 per day. A popular arrangement is to hire one porter for two hikers, splitting the cost and still making things easier for both of you.

In the end, this all depends on your budget and hiking preferences.

Hiker at the Tengboche monastery on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Hiking Fees

If you’re hiking EBC independently, you’ll need to be aware of two fees you have to pay near the start of the trek.

There’s a local government tax that they’ve now started collecting in Lukla. This one is currently 2,000 Rupees ($17 USD).

There’s also an Everest park fee/ticket you have to pay at the Sagarmatha National Park entrance just beyond the small village of Monjo, Nepal. This one is currently 3,500 Rupees ($30 USD).

No TIMS card is needed anymore for independent hikers. That fee has been retired for the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek.

Prayer flags with the Ama Dablam mountain on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Accommodation & Amenities

Throughout the Everest Base Camp hike, you’ll stay and sleep at small guesthouses along the way, called teahouses.

This is where you get your meals and drinks for the trek, along with the occasional amenities like showers, charging, or WiFi. The teahouses start out decent, but quickly get more shabby as you go further up the trail.

You have to pay for everything you use, of course, and the prices get quite high as you go, because everything has to be hauled up on the backs of the poor porters.

Mountains and pine trees near Lukla on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Guesthouses

The teahouses on the EBC trek are cold and dingy, with drop toilets and cracks in the walls. Don’t expect luxury.

Most rooms are free as long as you buy your meals there (the meals are how they make their money). If you stay at a lodge and don’t eat there, you’ll be expected to pay for the room.

In some cases, I was charged 500 Rupees for a room on top of my meal costs. I’m not sure why some teahouses do this and others don’t, but I never paid more than 500 Rupees for a room, and most were free with the meals.

Sleeping bag inside a teahouse on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Food & Drink

I’m happy to report that the food and drinks on the Everest Base Camp hike are top notch, especially after you’ve worked up an appetite trekking.

You have western food choices, or the standard local staples like veggie fried rice, steamed momos (dumplings), and mushroom soup. Everything was hot and fresh. Meal prices for these ranged from 250 to 750 Rupees depending on altitude. Not too bad.

For drinks I tried hot chocolate, lemon/apple/mint tea, and occasionally bottled water for my tumbler. These ranged from 100 to 400 Rupees. If you want to avoid plastic bottles, there’s usually boiled water available and this is safe to drink too.

Getting enough water on the trek is never a problem. Just fill up a 1 liter tumbler in the morning, and this will last you until evening, especially since you’re likely to pass more tea houses along the trail as you’re hiking throughout the day.

Mountains near Lukla on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Showers are only available at a few lodges, depending on the season and how high up you are, and they cost 600 to 1200 Rupees. In the winter, water higher up will be frozen most of the time.

I never had a shower on my February EBC trek, and that seems to be the norm (although I got one or two opportunities in Namche). Yes, it’s gross. I could smell myself by trek’s end, and it wasn’t pretty.

But aside from the fact that I hate to fork out money for something as basic as a shower, I also never really got close to other people for very long on the trek, so I didn’t feel too guilty about it.

Most days were cold enough that the thought of stripping down for a shower was not really appealing, either. Your best bet is baby wipes and deodorant.

Namche Bazaar houses and mountains on the EBC Trek in Nepal

WiFi / Cell Service

WiFi costs anywhere from $5 to $10 USD per day if you buy it from the teahouses.

Alternatively, you can buy a 10 GB/30 Day Everest Link WiFi card in Namche Bazaar and use this for the entire EBC trek. During my Mount Everest Base Camp Trek the WiFi was down across the whole region, so unfortunately I wasn’t able to use either of these options.

I bought an Ncell local SIM card in the Kathmandu airport and had 3G service for half the days of the Everest Base Camp hike. Coverage is still improving in the area, so if you need to stay connected I’d definitely bring a local SIM.

Electricity

All of the teahouses on the way to Mt Everest Base Camp sell outlet charging for electronics, and the prices range from $2 to $10 USD for a full charge, depending on how far up the trail you are.

The key is to bring a big power bank and then use this to charge all of your other electronics (phone, camera, etc). I did this and only paid once to recharge my power bank on the whole trek.

Nepali prayer flags on the EBC Trek in Nepal

How Much Cash To Bring

Everything you buy during the Everest Base Camp hike (meals, WiFi, charging, etc) will have to be paid for with cash. Credit cards won’t work. There are no ATMs outside of Lukla and Namche Bazaar (Days 1-4), and even the ATMs there are not reliable.

What this means is that you’ll have to withdraw enough cash (Nepalese Rupees) at an ATM in Kathmandu to cover your entire trek. The ATM fees will bite you, and I hate to carry large amounts of cash, but it’s not really avoidable here.

All up, I spent about $20 USD (2,400 Rupees) per day on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek, and never spent more than $25 USD in a single day. With that said, I didn’t splurge on WiFi, showers, charging, or alcohol. The only things I bought were the bare necessities: room, food, and drinks.

If you hire a porter/guide, you don’t need to factor that into your daily cash carry. That’s paid before the trek starts. But do reserve a little cash for a decent tip.

Mountains and valley on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

I’m not going to lie, this is a difficult trek. And if you do it in the winter like I did, it’s even harder. With that said, if you are in decent shape, determined, and obey the guidelines for altitude sickness prevention (more on that below), then you’ll have no problem reaching base camp.

There is a lot of elevation gain and loss on this hike. At times near Lukla, the constant ups and downs will make you feel like you’re hiking a roller coaster, but the trail is never too steep or dangerous. After Namche, it’s mostly a slow uphill plod.

This trek has been completed by old seasoned hikers in their 70s, and young kids in their pre-teens. It’s also been flunked by healthy 20-30 somethings who try to push through it quickly without enough acclimatization to altitude.

Patience and discipline are key for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Slow and steady wins the race here.

Prayer flags with white Nepal mountains in the distance at the EBC trek

Trekking Distance

The one way trekking distance from Lukla to Mt Everest Base Camp is about 65 kilometers (40 miles).

That means the total roundtrip distance of an EBC Trek is about 130 kilometers, even if you don’t do any of the detours.

Don’t let that scare you off. It’s a lot of hiking, but every step is worth it.

Stupa face and mountain near Dingboche on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Altitude Sickness

By far your biggest danger on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek is altitude sickness, also known as Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS).

No one is immune to this, and it doesn’t matter how fit you are. If you gain altitude too fast, you can get sick and in some cases even die. Plenty of people have died from AMS on the EBC Trek.

The problem is that overzealous hikers push the envelope on this hike all the time, and a lot of them end up needing a very expensive helicopter evacuation to lower ground.

The best way to avoid altitude sickness is to go slow . At altitudes above 3,000 meters (10,000 feet), don’t increase your sleeping elevation by more than 300-500 meters (1,000-1,500 feet) per night.

Every 1,000 meters (3,000 feet) you should also spend a second night at the same elevation. If you get a bad headache, dizziness, or nausea, descend to a lower altitude until you feel better. As long as you follow these general guidelines, you shouldn’t have any issues.

You can take Diamox (acetazolamide) on the trek for extra AMS prevention. This medication can be found in Kathmandu or Namche. I bought mine in Namche and it seemed to help my headache and slight foggy feeling. I didn’t have any side effects aside from the usual tingling toes/fingers.

Porter walking on a steep mountain bridge on the EBC trek in Nepal

Everest Base Camp Altitude

The Mount Everest Base Camp altitude is 5,364 meters (17,598 feet). At this elevation, there is 50% of the oxygen at sea level.

However, most treks also go to Kala Patthar, a viewpoint even higher than base camp where you can get the best views of Mount Everest.

The elevation at Kala Patthar is 5,644 meters (18,519 feet). From there, you’ll be rewarded with an incredible panorama of Mount Everest and other icy peaks like Pumori, Lhotse, and Nuptse.

Happy travels!

Sunrise near Mt Everest as seen from Kala Patthar on the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal

If you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

More Nepal Travel Tips

Hopefully you were helped by this guide for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Let me know in the comments below if I can help answer any questions.

Don’t forget to check out my complete Nepal Travel Guide with tips, info, photos & more!

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance

The Everest Base Camp Trek distance is a 130 km round trip beginning from Lukla.

However, the outward 65 kilometers to Everest Base Camp takes far longer as you need to factor in acclimatization. If you were to rush to base camp, you would almost certainly fall ill from altitude sickness .

This article is a guide on what to expect and how to best navigate the awe-inspiring distance of the Everest Base Camp Trek.

Depending on how much previous trekking experience you have, 130 km may or may not sound like a long distance. What you should bear in mind here is that the average walking speed of a human is 5 km per hour.

Therefore, 130 km is not particularly far when you think of it in those terms. The walking is also made easier by the fact that your larger bags will be carried by your porters (assuming you are not trekking solo).

See our article on the difficulty of the Everest Base Camp trek .

Trek Itinerary

On a standard 14-day return trek to EBC, you will be walking for 9 days with an average of 15 km a day.

The other days will either be spent acclimatizing or in Kathmandu . Although 15 km a day is not a long distance, the steep and rocky terrain can slow you down. This is especially true in winter when the trail will often be covered in snow and ice.

At no point is the path paved and the naturally hilly landscape means that your average walking speed will suffer a little.

Below, we have provided a day-by-day distance itinerary for the classic EBC trek.

Day 1 (9 km - 4.5 hours)

On the first day, you will fly from Kathmandu to Lukla. From there, you will then walk to Phakding.

Day 2 (12 km - 6 hours)

On the second day, you will trek from Phakding to Namche Bazaar.

Day 3 (Acclimitisation)

The third day of your EBC trek is purely for acclimitisation. You won't do any walking except maybe a quick hike up to the Everest View Hotel .

Day 4 (12 km - 10 hours)

On the fourth day, you'll continue your trek from Namche Bazaar all the way to Tengboche.

Namche Bazaar, Khumbu District

Day 5 (12 km - 6 hours)

On the fifth day, you'll do a long hike from Tengboche to Dingboche.

Day 6 (Acclimitisation)

On the sixth day, you'll do some exploring of Dingboche.

Day 7 (12 km - 6 hours)

On the seventh day, you'll leave Dingboche and hike to Lobuche.

Day 8 (8km - 3-4 hours)

On the eighth day of your EBC trek, you'll hike from Lobuche to Gorakshep .

Day 9 (22 km - 7 hours)

On the ninth day, you'll cover a lot of distance by first hiking from Gorakshep to Everest Base Camp. Afterwards, you'll start trekking back to Dingboche.

Day 10 (24 km - 8-10 hours)

On the tenth day of hiking, you'll trek from Dingboche back to Namchee Bazaar.

Day 11 (21 km - 7-9 hours)

On the eleventh day, you'll hike from Namchee Bazaar all the way back to the airstrip at Lukla, offically completing your EBC trek.

Day 12 (Departure)

On the twelfth day, you'll give your legs a well-deserved break and fly back to Kathmandu.

If you have any further questions about the distance of the Everest Base Camp Trek, please leave a note below and we'll get back to you within 24 hours.

Thank you and happy trekking!

Tags: Everest Base Camp trek distance, How long is the Everest Base Camp trek

Continue browsing

See more information on Nepal . Or check out these other Everest articles:

Climbing Mount Everest Tips
Best time to do Everest Base Camp Trek
Guide to EBC Trek Training
EBC Packing List
Cost of Trekking Mount Everest
Everest Base Camp Trekking Insurance
Food and Drinks on Everest Base Camp Trek

About the author

Andrew Roux

Andrew is one of the senior writers at Mountain IQ. A native of South Africa, Andrew has hiked and climbed all over the world. His favourite destination is Nepal and his most memorable hike was to the summit of Mount Kilimanjaro!

We work with local guides to offer great value adventures at unbeatable prices.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

EVEREST BASE CAMP

Pin Tweet Share WhatsApp

THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE

In this guide we cover everything you need to know about the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal. This includes suggested itineraries and practical information about accommodation, costs, what to pack, independent vs. guided treks, transport, and more. We also offer a route map with GPX download for use on the trek. And along with this written guide, we also share ‘silent hiking’ films that work well as a visual guide to the trail.

A chance for an adventurous and exciting journey, the Everest Base Camp Trek serves up spectacular scenery and gets you close to the world’s highest mountains, and as one of Nepal’s best known treks, it attracts people of all ages and experience levels. The trek ascends to high altitude (5000 m +) and is challenging, but it is achievable with a sensible itinerary that includes proper acclimatisation. Read on to discover more and start planning your own EBC trek.

Use the drop down menu below to jump to each section of this guide

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK OVERVIEW

EBC TREK FILMS

EVEREST BASE CAMP MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD

ELEVATION PROFILE & 3D ROUTE MAP

EVEREST BASE CAMP ITINERARIES

THE CLASSIC EBC TREK
EBC TREK VIA KHUMJUNG & PHORTSE
EBC VIA KONGMA LA (5514 m)
EBC AND GOKYO LAKES TREK
BUFFER DAYS

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK SUMMARY

LULKA TO NAMCHE BAZAAR
NAMCHE ACCLIMATISATION DAY

NAMCHE BAZAAR TO DINGBOCHE

ALT. ROUTE VIA KHUMJUNG & PHORTSE

DINGBOCHE ACCLIMATISATION DAY

Dingboche to everest base camp.

ALT. ROUTE VIA KONGMA LA

EVEREST BASE CAMP TO LUKLA

ALT. ROUTE VIA CHO LA & GOKYO LAKES

BEST TREKKING SEASONS

HOW TO GET TO LUKLA

HOW TO GET TO LUKLA WITHOUT FLYING

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK PERMITS & FEES

TREKKING INDEPENDENTLY

TREKKING WITH A GUIDE (& PORTER)

RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY

ACCOMMODATION ON THE EBC TREK

FOOD ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

SAFE DRINKING WATER

WIFI, PHONE SIGNAL & CHARGING

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK COST & BUDGET

MONEY & ATMs ON THE EBC TREK

WHAT TO PACK FOR THE EBC TREK

ALTITUDE AWARENESS & AMS

TRAVEL INSURANCE

GETTING TO NEPAL

NEPAL TOURIST VISAS

Nepal visa on arrival process.

WHERE TO STAY IN KATHMANDU

BUDGET KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION

Mid-range kathmandu accommodation, high-end kathmandu accommodation.

MAPS, GUIDEBOOKS & APPS

*Some of the links in this post are affiliate links – if you purchase a product or service via these links, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you . This helps offset the cost of running this blog and keeps us travelling so that we can continue to produce great content for you. As an Amazon Associate, we earn from qualifying purchases. We greatly appreciate your support!*

DISTANCE | 120 -143 km depending on route taken (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)
DURATION | 12 – 15 days depending on route (incl. flying to/from Lukla)
START/END | Lukla
PERMITS REQUIRED | Khumbu Trek Card 2000 NPR; Sagarmatha National Park Fee 3000 NPR (SAARC nationals 1500 NPR / Nepali nationals 100 NPR)
TREKKING SEASON | Best Seasons: April to Mid-May , October to Mid-November ; Shoulder Seasons: March, Late May, September, Mid-November to December ; Avoid: June to August, January to February
TREK DIFFICULTY | Moderate (challenging if including Kongma La or Gokyo Lakes)
ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS | +/- approx 7600 metres (Classic EBC Trek incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)
MAX ALTITUDE | 5611 m (Kala Patthar)
GUIDE MANDATORY? | Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has stated that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region
ACCOMMODATION | Teahouses/Guesthouses in villages along the trail
TREK COST | $35 – $144 USD per person, per day (budget independent trekker to fully inclusive package)
RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY | Himalayan Masters , Quote HOGG5 for 5% discount

DISTANCE 120 -143 km depending on route taken (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)

DURATION 12 – 15 days depending on route taken (incl. flying to/from Lukla)

START/END Lukla

PERMITS REQUIRED Khumbu Trek Card 2000 NPR Sagarmatha National Park Fee 3000 NPR (SAARC nationals 1500 NPR, Nepali nationals 100 NPR)

TREKKING SEASON Best Season April to Mid-May October to Mid-November Shoulder Seasons March, Late May, September Mid-November to December Months To Avoid June, July, August January and February

TREK DIFFICULTY Moderate (challenging if including Kongma La or Gokyo Lakes)

ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS +/- approx 7600 metres (Classic EBC Trek incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)

MAX ALTITUDE 5611 m (Kala Patthar)

GUIDE MANDATORY? Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has stated that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region

ACCOMMODATION Teahouses/Guesthouses in villages along the trail

TREK COST $35 – $145 USD per person, per day (budget independent trekker to fully inclusive package)

OUR RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY Himalayan Masters , Quote HOGG5 for 5% discount

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREKKING FILMS

Get a sense of the Everest Base Camp trekking route in our ‘silent hiking’ style ambient films.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD

MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD

We have created a detailed Everest Base Camp trekking map to accompany this guide. It shows the Classic Everest Base Camp trekking route along with the alternative routes outlined in this guide, going via Khumjung and Phorste, Kongma La, and Cho La and Gokyo Lakes. The main side/acclimatisation hike options are included too, and the overland route between Salleri and Lukla is also marked.

Detailed stats and an elevation profile are included for each route section. Guesthouse settlements and tea shops are also marked, as well as key sights and practical info such as checkpoints, hospitals, and transport hubs. Guesthouses as per our own trek itinerary are marked, including info about prices and services, phone numbers (where possible), and a copy of the menu. Photos are included with almost every pin.

You can use the digital map online, or download it for offline use with a mapping app such as Organic Maps, Maps.me or Gaia GPS. This is very helpful for navigation assistance on the trail. It allows you to quickly pinpoint key places and services along the way and calculate distances and elevation differences between destinations.

Note that while we’ve tried to be as accurate as possible when recording and mapping the route, changes on the ground are inevitable (especially on routes crossing glaciers) and this map should not be solely relied upon for navigation.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ELEVATION PROFILE

ELEVATION PROFILE

The image below shows the elevation profile of the Classic Everest Base Camp trek, starting and ending in Lukla. The route shown here includes the various acclimatisation and side hikes as outlined in the suggested itinerary below. Elevation is displayed in metres and distance in kilometres.

3D ROUTE MAP

Watch our 3D relief map video to visualise the landscape and get a sense of the Everest Base Camp trek.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ITINERARY

ITINERARY OPTIONS

There is more than one trekking route to Everest Base Camp . In this section we outline the Classic EBC trek itinerary, but also include three alternative itineraries which enable you to vary your route on the way to and from Base Camp and see much more of the Khumbu region.

We have created an overview table for each of the Everest Base Camp trek itinerary options. These include trekking distances and approximate trekking times for each day (excluding lunch stops, breaks, etc), as well as stats on elevation gain/loss and sleeping altitude. For each itinerary the assumption is that you will fly into Lukla on the morning of Day 1 and start trekking. You will need to add 3 – 5 days if you plan to travel overland from Kathmandu to Lukla or vice versa.

It is also possible to combine the following itineraries to create your own alternative EBC trek. For example, you could trek via Khumjung, Phortse and Kongma La on the way to EBC, or you could include both Kongma La and Gokyo Lakes. A few minor possible alternatives along the way are noted below each itinerary, such as alternate overnight stops.

If viewing the itinerary tables on a mobile device or tablet, scroll to the right to see the full table or flip your screen to landscape mode

CLASSIC EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ITINERARY

A classic Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is 11 nights/12 days, following the exact same route on the way to and from EBC. If you have limited time, this is the shortest itinerary you can follow while sticking to safe altitude ascent rates.

DAY 1 ALT. INFO*

*Alternatively, continue to Monjo (2830 m) where fewer people stay overnight (a further 5.1 km, approx 2 hours trekking time) . Doing this means the trail will be less busy for both your Phakding to Monjo section, and the Monjo to Namche section the following morning.

DAY 4 ALT. INFO**

**Alternatively, continue to Pangboche (3950 m) where fewer people stay overnight (a further 4.2 km, approx 1.5 hours trekking time). Pangboche is a lovely village with fantastic views of Ama Dablam, and there are many guesthouses. Tengboche, on the other hand, only has two guesthouses and it can be difficult to get a room here in peak season. Continuing to Pangboche also means the trail will be less busy for both your Tengboche to Pangboche section, and the Pangboche to Dingboche section the following morning.

DAYS 8 & 9 ALT. INFO***

***On days 8 and 9 the classic itinerary that most people follow is to visit EBC after lunch at Gorak Shep, then hike up Kala Patthar in the dark for sunrise the next morning (when it is bitterly cold). If you swap these two around as per the above suggested itinerary, you are guaranteed to have a less busy experience at both EBC and on the trail up Kala Patthar. As the skies are usually clearer in the morning you are also likely to have better views at EBC, however it is possible that the views from Kala Patthar will be obscured by afternoon clouds. If you’re lucky and have clear afternoon skies, then you will be treated to a fiery sunset glow on Everest and the surrounding mountains. If you hike up Kala Patthar in the morning, your mountain views will be brief as the sun rises directly behind Everest and you’ll soon be looking directly into the sun.

ALTERNATIVE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ITINERARY VIA KHUMJUNG AND PHORTSE

Our first alternative Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is 12 nights/13 days. This itinerary follows a different route between Namche Bazaar and Pangboche on the way to EBC, by trekking via Khumjung and Phortse. The overall difficulty of this route remains moderate, and the additional day allows you to explore more of the region and gives more time for acclimatisation. It’s also a great option for avoiding crowds during the peak trekking seasons, as far fewer people trek this alternative route.

DAYS 9 & 10 ALT. INFO**

**On days 8 and 9 the classic itinerary that most people follow is to visit EBC after lunch at Gorak Shep, then hike up Kala Patthar in the dark for sunrise the next morning (when it is bitterly cold). If you swap these two around as per the above suggested itinerary, you are guaranteed to have a less busy experience at both EBC and on the trail up Kala Patthar. As the skies are usually clearer in the morning you are also likely to have better views at EBC, however it is possible that the views from Kala Patthar will be obscured by afternoon clouds. If you’re lucky and have clear afternoon skies, then you will be treated to a fiery sunset glow on Everest and the surrounding mountains. If you hike up Kala Patthar in the morning, your mountain views will be brief as the sun rises directly behind Everest and you’ll soon be looking directly into the sun.

EVEREST BASE CAMP VIA KONGMA LA TREK ITINERARY

Our second alternative Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is 13 nights/14 days. This changes the route taken between Dingboche and Lobuche on the way to EBC by crossing a high pass called Kongma La (5514 m). This section is more challenging than the rest of the route, but it offers incredible scenery and the chance to explore much quieter sections of trail than you’ll experience on the classic EBC route.

DAY 8 ALT. INFO**

***There are two viewpoints on the Chukhung Ri acclimatisation hike, the lower one (5380 m) which most people visit and the higher one (5516 m) which involves a tough and steep climb towards the end.

DAYS 10 & 11 ALT. INFO****

****On days 8 and 9 the classic itinerary that most people follow is to visit EBC after lunch at Gorak Shep, then hike up Kala Patthar in the dark for sunrise the next morning (when it is bitterly cold). If you swap these two around as per the above suggested itinerary, you are guaranteed to have a less busy experience at both EBC and on the trail up Kala Patthar. As the skies are usually clearer in the morning you are also likely to have better views at EBC, however it is possible that the views from Kala Patthar will be obscured by afternoon clouds. If you’re lucky and have clear afternoon skies, then you will be treated to a fiery sunset glow on Everest and the surrounding mountains. If you hike up Kala Patthar in the morning, your mountain views will be brief as the sun rises directly behind Everest and you’ll soon be looking directly into the sun.

EVEREST BASE CAMP AND GOKYO LAKES TREK ITINERARY

Our third alternative Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is 14 nights/15 days. This varies the route taken between Lobuche and Namche Bazaar on the way back from EBC, by crossing a high pass called Cho La (5368 m) and descending via the spectacular Gokyo Lakes. Again, this route is more challenging than the classic or first alternative EBC itineraries we suggest, due to the extra distance and overall elevation gain. However, it is a highly rewarding trek which includes some of the most spectacular locations in the Khumbu region. The sections of trail that you must repeat on the way to and from EBC are kept to an absolute minimum on this itinerary.

IMPORTANCE OF BUFFER DAYS

Building in buffer days to your Everest Base Camp itinerary is highly recommended, especially if you plan on flying to/from Lukla. Flights are regularly cancelled due to poor weather conditions, sometimes for a number of days. If everything runs smoothly, it takes half a day or less to get to/from Lukla at the start/end of your trek. However, if flights are not operating, it can take up to 3 days to travel overland from Kathmandu to Lukla, using a mixture of buses and jeeps, and by trekking too. Therefore, it’s wise to have at least 3 or 4 days between the end of your planned trek itinerary and any international flight. This would allow you time to get from Lukla to Kathmandu overland if necessary.

Of course, a delay could also happen at the start of your trek while trying to get to Lukla, and this might leave you struggling to catch up with your original itinerary. Having a couple of buffer days built in will mean you don’t have to drastically alter your itinerary, avoiding the need to walk extra long distances to save a day or skipping places because you don’t have time.

Buffer days also allow you to alter your itinerary on the go more easily. For example, if you get sick and need to spend an extra night somewhere, or the weather is bad and you want to wait it out before continuing your trek, then you have the extra days on hand.

It’s worth knowing that should everything go to plan and you don’t need to use any buffer days during your trek, it’s straightforward for a trekking agency to change the date of your flight, bringing it forward a few days for example. However, this is not so easy if you have booked your flight online, independently.

OUR RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY

We partnered with Himalayan Masters for our Langtang Valley, Gosainkunda, EBC and Everest Three Passes treks, and found them to be professional and committed to a high level of service

To enquire about booking your own trek, get in touch via email at [email protected] and mention the code HOGG5 to get a 5% discount off the cost of your trip

ROUTE SUMMARY

LUKLA TO NAMCHE BAZAAR

The first two days of the Everest Base Camp trek are repeated in reverse on the final day of the trek. With only one route connecting Lukla and Namche Bazaar, unfortunately there’s no avoiding this.

This section of the trek passes through numerous villages and teahouse settlements, the last of which is Jorsale, shortly beyond the entrance to Sagarmatha National Park. There are five suspension bridges to cross, including the 125 metre high Hillary Bridge, and numerous smaller fixed metal bridges. The Khumbu Trek Card Registration desk (where you get your Khumbu Trek Card and pay your Sagarmatha NP entrance fee) is shortly beyond Lukla, and there are further checkpoints at Toc Toc, Monjo, and just before Namche Bazaar.

The route follows a mixture of wide stone paths, riverside paths, and forest trail, with plenty of up and down along the way. There is one notable ascent, a 700 metre climb immediately after crossing the Hillary Suspension Bridge, on the last stretch before Namche. This section is a pleasant couple of days and a good introduction to the trek, with greenery and the chance to see colourful rhododendrons and blossoms in spring, plenty of scenic river views, and a definite buzz thanks to all the people coming and going and the numerous villages dotting the trail.

With only one route up and down to Namche, traffic jams are common along this section, with trekkers, porters, and pack mules, yaks and their handlers all sharing the same trail. Bottlenecks are particularly common at suspension bridges and on the steep climb up to Namche. Be sure to wait on the side of the trail without a drop-off when letting pack animals pass, and don’t start crossing a bridge if you can see them coming in the opposite direction – let them cross first. Finally, stick to the left side when walking by any mani stones, mani walls and prayer wheels, as it’s both common practice and culturally appropriate.

For more detail about this section of the route, see Days 1 and 2 of our Everest Three Passes Route Guide .

A view of the Hillary Suspension bridge from the riverside trail 125 metres below, on the Monjo to Namche Bazaar section of the Everest Three Passes trek

The Hillary Suspension Bridge as seen from the valley floor, with the old bridge still in place below

NAMCHE BAZAAR ACCLIMATISATION DAY

It’s important to acclimatise properly throughout your Everest Base Camp trek. This allows your body time to get used to the ever-increasing altitude as you ascend to 5000 metres and above. Building in rest days, staying well hydrated, and going on acclimatisation hikes (where you climb higher during the day but sleep lower at night) are all good ways of helping your body acclimatise.

Unless you are already acclimatised (for example you have been at altitudes of 4000 metres and higher within the previous week), spending a second night at Namche Bazaar is highly recommended and this is standard on virtually all Everest Base Camp trek itineraries. You should do this even if it seems like you feel physically fine.

The most common destination for an acclimatisation hike from Namche Bazaar is the Hotel Everest View (3880 m) , where you can get lunch or a drink and enjoy fantastic views from the terrace. It takes around 3 hours to hike up to the hotel and back down again. A must-visit on the way is Sagarmatha Next , a learning / experience / visitor centre and gallery championing waste management solutions for the Khumbu region.

A morning view of Namche Bazaar on the Everest Base Camp and Three Passes treks, the buildings bright in the morning sun and snow capped peaks rising behind

Morning view over Namche Bazaar from the northeast

Morning view of Namche Bazaar from the northeast

For a longer hike and the chance to see more of the local area, doing a loop via Khumjung is a great option. Khumjung is the largest Sherpa village in the region, with an impressive monastery and a school founded by Edmund Hillary in 1960. The original classroom is now the Sir Edmund Hillary Visitor Centre , another great place to visit and learn about the Khumbu region. The loop hike (including Hotel Everest View) is around 7.5 km, and you should allow up to 5 hours for the hike. It’s also possible to include a visit to Khunde village, home to another monastery. This would extend the loop route to around 9.1 km and you should allow up to 6 hours.

If you plan to overnight at Khumjung on day 4 of your trek, following the ‘Alternative Everest Base Camp Itinerary’ outlined above, you might want to opt for a shorter Namche acclimatisation hike. Hiking 100 metres up to the helipad on the western side of the village is a good choice. There is an excellent view over Namche from here, where you can see it curving around the sloping hillside in amphitheatre-like fashion.

Various Namche acclimatisation hiking routes are marked on our EBC Trek map .

CLASSIC ROUTE VIA TENGBOCHE

This two-day section of the Everest Base Camp trek offers fantastic mountain scenery and a beautiful trekking trail, passing through forest and open hillside. There is one notable big climb between Phunki Thanga and Tengboche but otherwise the trail is mostly straightforward, with just a few short steep sections, and plenty of flat, undulating, or gentle climbs. There are a handful of small villages along the route, two suspension bridges, a checkpoint at Phunki Thanga, and an impressive monastery at Tengboche which is well worth visiting (daily 7am – 8am, 9am – 11am, and 1pm – 5:30pm, monks chanting at 3pm). After Pangboche you are more or less above the treeline, surrounded by imposing mountains and expansive views.

For more detail about this section of the route, see Days 4 and 5 of our Everest Three Passes Route Guide .

Trekkers pass by guesthouses in the village of Shomare on the Everest Base Camp Trek, with the twin peaks of Ama Dablam rising behind and marking the hazy morning skyline

Trekkers pass through Shomare on the way to Dingboche, with the twin peaks of Ama Dablam rising behind

Trekkers pass through the village of Shomare on the way to Dingboche, with the twin peaks of Ama Dablam rising behind

ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA KHUMJUNG AND PHORTSE

This three-day route section follows an alternative trail between Namche and Pangboche before joining the classic Everest Base Camp trail for the final stretch to Dingboche. Opting for this itinerary allows you to vary your route on the way to and from EBC and take advantage of much quieter trails. Plus, the extra day allows for a slower ascent pace, which is a good option for anyone who knows they are slow to acclimatise or prefers to follow a more cautious itinerary.

This route climbs initially to Khumjung, the largest Sherpa village in the region, then stays above the ‘Classic EBC’ route to Pangboche, offering fantastic views throughout. There is a small guesthouse settlement at Mong La (3970 m) which is the highest point on the way to Phortse, a scenic village with a number of guesthouses, local homes, and the Khumbu Climbing Centre .

There is plenty of up and down on this section of the trek, with some notable climbs to Khumjung, Mong La, and both before and after Phortse. However, this route is not considerably more challenging than the ‘Classic EBC’ route, especially as it is split over three days instead of two.

Spending two nights at Dingboche, a sizeable village situated at 4300 m, is advisable in order to ensure you ascend to very high altitude at a safe rate. Going on an acclimatisation hike is also an important part of acclimatising to such altitudes, and Nangkartshang Peak (5039 m) is a great option. This hill rises to the north of Dingboche and there are fantastic views throughout the climb, especially of Ama Dablam. There is an obvious path all the way to the rocky top, which is festooned with prayer flags and spacious enough for plenty of people. The 766 metre climb should take around 2.5 – 3 hours, with the descent about half that. It’s advisable to start early (around 7:30am) for the best chance of clear views and calm conditions.

People rest and take in the views from the prayer flags (5039 m) on Nangkartshang, a day hike from Dingboche that is important for acclimatisation on the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks

After a 760 metre climb, people rest and enjoy the views at the prayer flags on Nangkartshang

For a longer and less busy acclimatisation hike, a great option is the side hike up the valley to the east of Dingboche to Chukhung Village and Chukhung Ri, a viewpoint situated at 5380 m. The views from Chukhung Ri are fantastic, looking back down the valley and across to an impressive ice wall, and you’ll be surrounded by numerous majestic snowy peaks including Lhotse, Nuptse, Island Peak and Ama Dablam. Allow up to 8 hours for this return hike.

A trekker and guide stop to appreciate the views after the initial climb up from Chukhung on this Everest Three Passes acclimatisation hike

Plenty of outstanding views to appreciate while hiking up to Chukhung Ri

Plenty of outstanding views to stop and appreciate while hiking up to Chukhung Ri

Whichever acclimatisation hike you decide to do, ensure you have plenty of water, snacks, and warm layers with you.

For more detail about these hikes, see Day 6 (Nangkartshang) and Day 8 (Chukhung Ri) of our Three Passes Route Guide.

CLASSIC ROUTE

If you’re following the Classic EBC route you’ll trek from Dingboche to Base Camp over 2 – 2.5 days, spending a night at Lobuche and then at Gorak Shep. From Gorak Shep you’ll do a return hike to EBC. Most people also include a side hike to Kala Patthar, the highest point of the trek at 5611 m, where you can get a view of Mt Everest (which isn’t actually visible from Base Camp.)

The route heads up the valley to the northwest of Dingboche, climbs to Thok La pass, then heads northeast, running parallel to the Khumbu Glacier all the way to Base Camp. It’s a gradual ascent for most of the way, but at these altitudes (4300 m – 5300 m) even a gentle climb can take your breath away. The climb to Thok La on the way to Lobuche, the short but steep climb on the way to Gorak Shep, and the undulating rocky glacier section immediately before Gorak Shep are among the most challenging sections.

The views are wonderful throughout and the final sight of Everest Base Camp, encircled by soaring peaks, is a memorable one. This is especially true if you’re trekking during the peak climbing season, when a sea of tents sprawls across the glacier at the foot of the Khumbu Icefall – seen from the trail, these tiny yellow dots emphasise the enormity of the surroundings even more.

Everest base Camp on a sunny April morning during the spring climbing season; a multitude of yellow tents sit atop the rock-covered glacier, with many peaks and the Khumbu Icefall rising behind, and the summit of Mount Everest just visible in the background

First sight of Everest Base Camp from the trail

Two trekkers and a guide posing for the obligatory photo on the 'Everest Base Camp Rock' on a sunny blue skies morning

Posing for the obligatory photo on the ‘EBC Rock’

Seen from the Kala Patthar trail about 30 minutes before sunset , the clouds part to reveal the summit of Mount Everest (8849 m)

Lobuche is a small settlement of guesthouses on the edge of the Khumbu Glacier, a very busy spot where everyone going to and from EBC stops for food and/or spends the night. Gorak Shep is even smaller, busier, and more basic with just four guesthouses and no good water supply.

For more detail about this section of the route, see Days 10 and 11 of our Everest Three Passes Route Guide .

ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA KONGMA LA

This alternative route to Everest Base Camp is a three day trek between Dingboche and Lobuche, via Chukhung, Chukhung Ri and Kongma La. At Lobuche you rejoin the classic route for the final section to Gorak Shep, Kala Patthar and EBC. This is part of the Everest Three Passes trek and is a challenging but very rewarding addition to the EBC trek. With far fewer people trekking this route compared to the Classic EBC route, you can expect the trail to be much quieter.

The route follows a gently ascending trail up the scenic valley to the northeast of Dingboche before reaching the small guesthouse settlement of Chukhung. It’s advisable to spend two nights here, using the extra day for an acclimatisation hike to the spectacular viewpoint of Chukhung Ri (5380 m) before crossing Kongma La the following day. The scenery around the village is very dramatic, as are the views seen throughout the hike to Chukhung Ri, with Ama Dablam rising to the south, Island Peak to the east, and Lhotse and Nuptse to the north, along with countless other peaks and the dramatic ice wall of the Chukhung Glacier.

The trek to Kongma La (5514 m) involves a long ascent but other than a couple of short steep sections, it’s mostly a steady climb, and the landscape is striking. From the pass you have incredible 360 degree views and you can see all the way down to Lobuche, a small cluster of buildings on the far side of the rocky Khumbu Glacier. The descent is somewhat steep and slippery at first due to loose dirt, shale, and small rocks, but becomes less steep as you work your way down to the eastern side of the glacier. The final section, crossing the glacier itself, involves plenty of up and down as you work your way across jumbled rocks and around small glacial lakes; on the other side, a final downhill stretch leads to Lobuche.

For more detail about this section of the route, see Days 7 – 9 of our Everest Three Passes Route Guide .

A hiker and guide cross a flat, rocky section before Kongma La on the Everest Three Passes trek, with the snowy ridgeline to the east visible behind

On the final approach to Kongma La

The Classic Everest Base Camp trekking route follows the same trail on the return to Namche Bazaar, covering the distance in three days with overnights at Pheriche, Namche, and Lukla. As you drop in altitude more oxygen flows through your blood and the physical strain on your body reduces. This combined with the fact that you no longer need to think about acclimatisation enables you to cover a much greater daily distance than on previous days. The return section of the trek is not all downhill however, and three 17 – 19 km days in a row can be very tiring!

ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA CHO LA AND GOKYO LAKES

An alternative route connects Lobuche and Namche Bazaar via Cho La and Gokyo Lakes. This turns your trek into a loop hike commonly known as the Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes trek. Following this route over six days, you’ll cross Cho La (5368 m), a high pass to the west of Lobuche, descend from the pass and traverse the rocky Ngozumpa Glacier to reach Gokyo and a string of brilliant blue lakes, then follow the Gokyo Valley back to Namche where you’ll join the trail to Lukla. The route takes in some of the best scenery in the Khumbu region and is a fantastic alternative to the Classic EBC trek, although definitely more challenging with the addition of the high pass.

This route diverges from the classic trail a little south of Lobuche, working its way around a hillside to the northwest to reach the small guesthouse settlement of Dzonglha. The ascent to Cho La on the next morning is initially gradual, after which there are a couple of steep sections and the crossing of an icy glacier (microspikes recommended) just before the pass. The descent starts off steeply (aided by a fixed metal rope) before becoming more gradual as it works its way down the valley to the guesthouses at Dragnag (Thangnak). On the following morning* you have to cross the Ngozumpa Glacier, the largest glacier in Nepal, with a rocky, undulating trail passing small glacial lakes to reach Gokyo on the other side. The descent onto and climb off the glacier is quite steep.

*If you are looking to save a day it is possible to continue to Gokyo after crossing Cho La, without spending the night at Dragnag (Thangnak). It will very much depend on your energy levels and the weather conditions on the day.

Trekkers cross the glacier towards Cho La, the middle of the three passes on the Everest Three Passes trek

Trekkers crossing the icy glacier towards Cho La (5368 m), the rocky dip ahead

Gokyo, a medium-sized teahouse village, sits on the western side of the glacier, on the shores of Dudh Pokhari, or Gokyo 3rd Lake. The setting is beautiful. You can visit the 4th Lake on a side hike to the north, and climb the steep trail to Gokyo Ri early the next morning for some of the most impressive views in the region. The return to Namche Bazaar is via the Gokyo valley, following the Dudh Koshi river. A good option is to break your journey at the small village of Dole, then continue beyond Namche to overnight at Monjo before the final stretch back to Lukla.

An early morning view of beautiful blue Gokyo Lake and the guesthouses of the village, a place worth staying an extra night on the Everest Three Passes trek

Early morning at Gokyo

Beyond Dole the trail descends towards Phortse Tenga, then climbs to Mong La, on the same route as outlined in the ‘Alternative Route via Khumjung and Phortse’ section. From Mong La it’s possible to descend all the way to Sanasa and take the same trail back to Namche that you followed on the way to Tengboche, or stay higher and follow a trail to the large Sherpa village of Khumjung before descending to Namche. The route between Namche and Lukla is the same as at the start of the trek.

For more detail about the Everest Base Camp to Gokyo section of the route, see Days 11 – 15 of our Everest Three Passes Route Guide .

SEE MORE FROM NEPAL

Featured image for the Everest Base Camp trek guide, featuring a trekker walking on a rocky trail with mountain peaks in the distance

Everest Base Camp Trek: The Essential Guide

With Ama Dablam as a backdrop, a trekker and guide stop to enjoy the views while doing the Nangkartshang acclimatisation hike on the Everest Three Passes trek

Everest Three Passes Trekking Route Guide

Everest Three Passes Trek: The Essential Guide

A trekker and guide climbing the snow covered slope towards Laurebina Pass (4650 m), with the blue surface of Gosainkunda shining in the morning sun below

Gosainkunda Helambu Trekking Route Guide

Snow covered guesthouses reflected in the bright blue waters of Gosainkunda

Gosainkunda Trek: The Essential Guide

Trekkers enjoying mountain views and a well earned rest atop Kyanjin Ri (4586 m) in the Langtang Valley

Langtang Valley Trekking Route Guide

Snowy mountain view with colourful prayer flags in the foreground, seen from the first Kyanjin Ri viewpoint (4300 m) on the Langtang Valley trek

Langtang Valley Trek: The Essential Guide

What To Pack For Trekking In Nepal

A narrow trekking trail in Upper Mustang stretching off into the distance amidst some bizarre rock formations, with the snowy peak of Dhaulagiri in the background

Upper Mustang Trek: The Essential Guide

Trekkers on a trail approaching a round orange rock formation with a plateau stretched out into the distance in Upper Mustang

Upper Mustang Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

Annapurna Circuit Trek: The Essential Guide

Sunrise hitting the Annapurna Mountains in Nepal

Annapurna Circuit Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

Manaslu Circuit Trek: The Essential Guide

Trekkers look out while descending from the Larke Pass on the Manaslu Circuit Trek

Manaslu Circuit Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

Everest base camp trekking season.

TREKKING SEASON

Like many treks in Nepal , the peak seasons for trekking the Everest Base Camp route are April to mid-May and October to mid-November . These months typically offer the best chance of both clear skies and warmer temperatures, although weather patterns are becoming increasingly unpredictable in Nepal and across the world, so you should still be prepared for snow and colder temperatures during these periods.

The spring trekking season coincides with the Everest climbing season , so the Khumbu region is very busy with helicopters and yaks transporting supplies to Everest Base Camp. If trekking at this time, you will have the chance to see base camp fully set up with all the tents, and there is a great buzz about the place. Outside of the climbing season, there are no tents or any other infrastructure at EBC.

Trekkers cross the moraine-covered glacier accompanied by towering mountain views enroute to Gorak Shep on the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks

Trekkers crossing the moraine-covered glacier between Lobuche and Gorak Shep on a clear skies spring morning

Trekkers crossing the moraine-covered glacier before Gorak Shep on a clear spring morning

In autumn, expect less wind and higher temperatures than in spring, while in late March and April, blooming rhododendrons and other spring flowers are a beautiful sight at some lower elevations.

The shoulder seasons are March, May, September and mid-November to December. During these times it can be much quieter on the trail. There is typically cold weather in March and December. In March there is a high chance of lingering or fresh snow. December typically has sunny weather and clear skies throughout the day. In late May and early September there is a higher chance of early or lingering monsoon rains and cloudy skies.

The summer months of June, July, and August coincide with the monsoon season . Trekking during this period means lots of walking in rain, muddy trails, leeches, and poor visibility with clouds obscuring the surrounding mountains. Many guesthouses close during this period, and it is not a good time to trek. Flights to and from Lukla are likely to be cancelled regularly and for days at a time.

The winter months of January and February are considered too cold by most to trek and many guesthouses are closed.

PLAN A TREK IN THE LANGTANG VALLEY

Langtang Valley Trek Guide post link image featuring trekkers enjoying mountain views and a well earned rest atop Kyanjin Ri (4586 m)

PLAN YOUR LANGTANG VALLEY TREK WITH OUR COMPLETE GUIDE

Langtang Valley Trek Guide post link Image featuring a trekker and guide enjoying a warming cup of masala tea in front of snowy mountains

DETAILED TRAIL NOTES AND OTHER INFO FOR THE LANGTANG TREK

Lukla is the gateway for all treks in the Khumbu region, including Everest Base Camp, Everest Three Passes , and Gokyo Lakes. Nestled in the mountains at 2855 m, the closest dirt-road access is approximately 1 day’s walk away, with a tarmac road 3+ days’ walk away. The majority of people arrive in Lukla by air, landing at the small runway or helicopter pad at Tenzing-Hillary Airport (LUA). If you prefer not to fly, it’s possible to get to Lukla overland in 3+ days, by taking a bus/jeep then trekking on foot.

FLYING TO LUKLA

Flights to Lukla operate year-round from either Kathmandu or Ramechhap/Manthali (approx 4 hours’ drive from Kathmandu), although cancellations and delays are common as flights can only run in favourable weather conditions. The flight time is 30 minutes from Kathmandu, and 15 minutes from Ramechhap/Manthali. The Lukla runway is just 527 metres long and is sloped at an 11.7% gradient, making taking off and landing challenging for pilots and a little daunting for passengers.

Flights are operated by Tara (Yeti) Air , Summit Air , and Sita Air , with each company using small 15 seater twin propeller planes . Flights usually only operate in the morning, when the skies are clearer and there is less wind. There is a weight limit of 10 kg checked baggage + 5 kg hand baggage . The cabin is not pressurised and it’s very noisy. There are no assigned seats. For the best mountain views, try to sit on the left while flying to Lukla and the right on the return flight.

During peak trekking and climbing seasons , Lukla flights operate to and from Ramechhap/Manthali in order to ease congestion at Kathmandu Airport. The dates change annually, but this is roughly April 1st – May 20th and September 20th – November 20th . See below for how to get from Kathmandu to Ramechhap/Manthali.

The runway at the Tenzing-Hillary Airport in Lukla, sloped at an 11.7% gradient and just 527 metres long

The runway at Tenzing-Hillary Airport in Lukla, on an 11.7% gradient and just 527 metres long

Flight tickets cost $180 one way from Kathmandu and $152 one way from Ramechhap/Manthali . You can book online directly with the airline, or via an agency in Kathmandu. If you are booking an inclusive trekking package, for example with our recommended local trekking agency Himalayan Masters , your flight will be organised for you. Booking the earliest possible flight time is best as clouds tend to move in and the wind picks up through the morning, with later flights more likely to be cancelled. Note that agencies sometimes have access to earlier flights than are available to book online.

It is free of charge to change your flight date (in advance by calling the airline or in person at the airport) and it’s a good idea to reconfirm the day before you fly to avoid being bumped onto a later flight. Again, if you have booked through a trekking agency, they can take care of any flight changes and reconfirmations for you. This makes the whole process much more straightforward than if you have booked independently (especially if you’re trying to make changes while trekking with limited phone service or internet connection).

Be aware that it can be a bit chaotic at the airport and being bumped onto a different flight time and/or standing around confused about what’s happening is pretty normal. The situation is certainly easier to manage if you are with a guide, who will be used to the process, speaks the local language, and will take care of everything for you.

FLYING TO PHAPLU/SALLERI

Sometimes when flights can’t depart for Lukla, there is an option to fly to Phaplu (2 km north of Salleri) instead. From Phaplu it’s possible to trek to Lukla in about 3 days, or you can take a jeep as far as Thamdada (subject to road conditions) and trek the remaining distance to Lukla in 1 day.

See stages 2 and 3 in the ‘how to get to Lukla without flying’ section below for more details.

HOW TO GET FROM KATHMANDU TO RAMECHHAP AIRPORT (MANTHALI)

You can get from Kathmandu to Ramechhap Airport (RHP) (also known as Manthali) by public bus, shuttle bus, or private car. The journey takes around 4 hours.

Public buses depart between approx 0600 – 1100 from Ratna Park (also known as Old Bus Park) near Thamel, costing approx 600 NPR ($4.50 USD). The journey takes around 4 – 5 hours. You will need to spend one night at a guesthouse in Manthali before flying to Lukla the following morning. There are guesthouses within walking distance of Ramechhap Airport. You can just show up and buy a bus ticket on the day. Buses arrive at the Manthali Bus Park .

Shuttle buses depart from the Thamel area of Kathmandu at 0130 and 0200, allowing you to fly to Lukla the same morning. They also depart at 1100, if you prefer to travel during the day and spend one night in Manthali before flying to Lukla. The journey takes about 4 hours. You must make a reservation in advance. You can do this via a local agency, ask staff at your accommodation to help, or book online via Viator or Get Your Guide . Tickets cost up to $30 USD.

A private car costs approx 14000 NPR ($100 USD), which can be shared by up to 4 passengers. The road condition does not require a jeep/4×4 vehicle. The journey takes about 4 hours, with door-to-door service. You can book a private car via a local agency or ask staff at your accommodation to help organise it.

For the return journey from Ramechhap/Manthali to Kathmandu you must pre-arrange your shuttle transfer or private car transfer. If travelling back to Kathmandu by public bus, you should be able to get one from the Manthali Bus Park after arriving on the flight from Lukla.

HELICOPTER TO LUKLA

It is also possible to fly from Kathmandu to Lukla by helicopter. Helicopters can often fly in weather conditions that would ground twin propellor planes, they are generally considered safer, and they operate out of Kathmandu Airport year-round (unlike planes which only depart from Ramechhap/Manthali during peak season). Flying by helicopter is considerably more expensive though, costing around $500 USD one way per person (assuming there are enough people to fill five seats). You can book via a local travel or trekking agency, or book online in advance via Viator .

Snow capped mountains seen through the window of a helicopter enroute to Lukla with passengers starting the Everest Three Passes trek

Morning mountain views on the helicopter ride to Lukla

Morning mountain views on the helicopter ride

It’s possible to get to Lukla without flying by using a combination of bus and/or jeep and trekking. This takes 3 – 5 days. Eventually there will be a road built all the way to Lukla, but for now the closest you can possibly get by jeep on a dirt road is Thamdada (1 day walk to Lukla), and by bus or jeep on a sealed road is Salleri/Phaplu (3 – 4 days’ walk to Lukla). Buses and jeeps stop for food and toilet breaks along the way. As the road between Salleri/Phaplu and Thamdada is unsealed, its condition can vary greatly depending on how much rain there has been. Sometimes it’s not possible to drive all the way to Thamdada, and you may only be able to reach Bupsa, Kharikhola, or Adderi.

Although it may be possible to get all the way from Kathmandu to Thamdada in one day, we do not recommend this as it means travelling on a dirt road with challenging hairpin bends and steep sections in the dark. Instead, it’s advisable to spend one night in Salleri where there are lots of guesthouses and travel to Thamdada the following day. At Thamdada, there is a guesthouse (Kare Hotel) at the jeep stop and two more approximately 25 minutes’ walk from the jeep stop. Additionally, there are many more guesthouses at Paiyu, which is around 2 hours’ walk away. It’s also possible to stop shortly before Thamdada to stay at a guesthouse in Kare (approx 1 hours’ walk to Thamdada).

The trekking route from Salleri to Lukla goes via Ringmu, Nunthala, Kharikhola, Bupsa, Kari La (Thamdada), Paiyu and Surke. Common overnight stops are at Nunthala, Bupsa, and Surke, after which you join the classic Lukla (or Cheplung) to Namche Bazaar route. There is a lot of elevation gain and loss on the Salleri to Lukla trekking route, so expect plenty of tiring up and down. The driving route from Salleri to Thamdada goes via Adderi and joins the trekking route shortly before Kharikhola.

KATHMANDU TO LUKLA OVERLAND STAGES

Step 1 // drive kathmandu to salleri/phaplu.

9 – 12 hours travel time (mostly sealed road); Phaplu is about 2 km north of Salleri

B us is approx 1700 NPR ($13 USD); departs from Chabahil Chowk (approx 0430) or from Koteshwor Chowk (approx 0500); no advance booking required

Shared Jeep is approx 2600 NPR ($20 USD) per person; d eparts from Chabahil Chowk and Koteshwor Chowk ( approx 0500); b est to reserve seat in advance (ask local travel agency or accommodation staff)

Private Jeep is approx $280 (can be shared between up to 7 people); d oor-to-door service, depart any time in morning; b ook via a local travel/trekking agency

STEP 2 // DRIVE SALLERI/PHAPLU TO THAMDADA (or Bupsa, Kharikhola, Adderi or elsewhere depending on road condition)

6 – 7 hours travel time (unsealed road)

Shared Jeep is approx 2600 NPR ($20 USD) per person; d eparts approx 0600; b est to reserve seat in advance; (ask your accommodation owner to book when you arrive in Salleri)

Private Jeep is approx $235 (can be shared between up to 7 people); d oor-to-door service, depart any time in the morning; b ook in advance in Kathmandu via a local travel/trekking agency

STEP 3 // TREK THAMDADA TO LUKLA OR CHEPLUNG

You can bypass Lukla itself and join the trail to Namche at Cheplung instead (you can get your Khumbu Trek Card from the checkpoint at Toc Toc as you will not pass the checkpoint at Lukla). There is a lot of up and down on this section. It is possible to cover the distance over two days if you prefer, staying at a guesthouse along the way (for example at Chheubas or Surke). The route and villages/guesthouses along the way are marked on our map .

To Lukla: 13.3 km | approx 7 hours trekking time | +1870 m / – 1744 m

To Cheplung: 13.9 km | approx 7 hours trekking time | +1785 m / – 1825 m

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK PERMIT AND FEES

PERMIT AND FEES

You need two permits for the Everest Base Camp trek. Both are issued locally in the Khumbu region so you don’t need to organise permits in advance in Kathmandu. You will need your passport and the fee in cash in Nepalese rupees.

Keep your permits in a safe place as you will need to show them at various checkpoints during the trek.

KHUMBU TREK CARD

Issued at checkpoint (Lukla or Toc Toc)

C an register in advance online (not mandatory)

SAGARMATHA NATIONAL PARK FEE

(1500 NPR SAARC nationals/ 100 NPR Nepali nationals)

Pay at checkpoint in Lukla or NP entrance beyond Monjo

TREKKING EVEREST BASE CAMP INDEPENDENTLY

The Nepal Tourism Board announced on March 9th 2023 that as of April 1st 2023, all international trekkers in Nepal are required to hire a licenced trekking guide and obtain the TIMS card through an authorised trekking agency registered with the government of Nepal.

However, the Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has confirmed that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region. This means that you do not need to have a guide for the Everest Base Camp trek , or indeed for any other trek in the region such as the Gokyo Lakes or Three Passes treks. We have included copies of the official press release from April 2nd 2023 and an info card from September 2023 stating that a guide is not mandatory in the Khumbu region. You can check the Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality Facebook page for any further updates.

Khumbu Press Release April 2023 with information for those planning to trek in the Everest region

PROS AND CONS OF INDEPENDENT TREKKING IN NEPAL

While having a guide in the Khumbu region is not mandatory, this does not mean that trekking to EBC independently is the right decision for you, especially if you are an inexperienced high altitude trekker. If you are thinking about doing the Everest Base camp trek without a guide, here are a few thoughts on the pros and cons of independent trekking in Nepal.

This is the cheapest way to trek to Everest Base Camp. You won’t have to pay for anything extra beyond your daily food and accommodation costs, permit fee, and transport to/from the trailhead.

You have complete freedom and flexibility. You can choose how long to trek for each day, what route to take and where to stay. If you like somewhere, you can choose to stay an extra day without having to consult anyone else or consider their needs.

It is easier to enjoy a bit of ‘alone time’ on the trail. If you are trekking with a guide or group it can be harder or more awkward to branch out and enjoy walking alone with your thoughts.

You’ll likely have more interaction with locals. If you are trekking with a guide it is common practice for them to deal with everything at your guesthouse and act as a go-between. It’s normal for your guide to take your order, bring out your food, and settle up the bill on your behalf, which means you may have little interaction with the owner or staff yourself. But, you’ll be doing all that by yourself if you trek independently.

With freedom and flexibility comes more responsibility and the need to do more research, preparation and daily planning. You will need to spend time organising things both on and off the trail. You will need to sort out all the logistics like your permit, transport, and accommodation by yourself, and be confident in your route planning and navigation.

You are more vulnerable in an emergency situation or if you get sick. This is especially true if you are trekking solo. You should prepare as best you can with a comprehensive medical kit, emergency contact numbers at the ready, and ideally an emergency communication device like the Garmin inReach .

In peak trekking season you may find it harder to get a room. Many guesthouses prefer bigger groups with organised companies and will give preference to them over independent solo trekkers or those in small groups. Guides with existing local contacts often call ahead to book rooms, something which isn’t as easy for independent trekkers with no personal contacts. Tengboche, Lobuche, and Gorak Shep all have limited accommodation options and it’s not uncommon for guesthouses here to be full during the peak seasons.

You miss out on all the insights a knowledgeable, English speaking guide can offer. Your understanding of the region, and Nepal in general, is likely to be much broader after spending two weeks in the company of a Nepali guide rather than going it alone.

This is the cheapest way to trek the Everest Base Camp. You won’t have to pay for anything extra beyond your daily food and accommodation costs, permit fee, and transport to/from the trailhead.

It is easier to enjoy a bit of ‘alone time’ on the trail. If you are trekking with a guide or group it can be harder or more awkward to branch out and enjoy walking alone with your thoughts.

TREKKING EVEREST BASE CAMP WITH A GUIDE (AND PORTER)

TREKKING WITH A GUIDE (AND PORTER)

Although not mandatory, many people choose to do the Everest Base Camp trek with a guide, and often with a porter too. If you are an inexperienced high altitude trekker we would absolutely recommend hiring a guide for this trek, but even if you are experienced, trekking with a guide is a great option. Not only can a guide be invaluable when it comes to your safety, a guide can also enrich your experience on the trail, giving you the opportunity to learn more about the history, culture, and geography of the land. Hiring a porter to carry your bag will put less strain on your body, making your trek much easier and perhaps allowing you to better enjoy the surroundings. Hiring a guide and/or porter also provides jobs and supports the trekking tourism economy.

One guide can accompany a maximum of five trekkers. A porter shouldn’t be asked to carry more than 25 kg, ideally no more than 20 kg. If you pack appropriately, one porter can carry two trekkers’ bags. Ensure that your guide and porter have appropriate clothing and equipment for the trail, including warm clothing for high altitudes (a down jacket, hat, gloves), boots, sunglasses, and waterproofs.

WHAT TO EXPECT WHEN TREKKING WITH A GUIDE

If you are doing the Everest Base Camp trek with a guide you may meet them in either Kathmandu or Lukla. If you meet in Kathmandu, you will travel to the trailhead together and return to Kathmandu together at the end. Professional guides in Nepal are both licenced and insured, and will speak English (sometimes other languages too).

During your trek a guide will walk with you on the trail, suggest the best spots to stop for lunch, and take you to their recommended overnight accommodation. At busy times, they may call ahead and pre-book a room for you. They will act as your go-between at each guesthouse, arranging your room, taking your food orders, and settling the bill. It’s normal for a guide to run through the following day’s itinerary each evening, giving you an overview of the trail, trekking time, and any other relevant information.

A trekker and guide chatting and smiling as they walk along sunny forest trail on the Everest Base Camp Trek

A guide can help with many practical things, provide insight into local culture, and be a good companion on the trail

Your guide will always be around at your guesthouse, but they won’t stick by you constantly. You will have plenty of freedom to hang out in your room or the dining room, read your book, chat with other guests, play cards, etc. Guides sleep and eat in the same guesthouse as you, always in a separate room. A guide’s meals and accommodation are usually provided free of charge by guesthouses in exchange for their trekking clients’ custom. If a guesthouse is busy, your guide may share a room with other guides or be obliged to sleep in the dining room.

WHAT TO EXPECT WHEN TREKKING WITH A PORTER

If you’re doing the Everest Base Camp trek with a porter, you will usually meet them locally at the start of your trek. It is not common for porters to travel with you from Kathmandu due to the expense of getting to/from the Khumbu region. Trekking agencies usually have a pool of porters that they work with regularly and can arrange a porter as part of any trekking package. As porters usually do not speak English, your guide will communicate and organise the day-to-day logistics with your porter during the trek.

Porters often go at their own pace so you won’t always trek with them. It’s common to pack your bag and have it ready for them before breakfast, and for your bag to already be in your room when you arrive at your guesthouse for the evening.

A porter carrying a heavy bag aided by a supporting head strap crosses a suspension bridge on the Everest Base Camp Trek

A porter putting in the hard work on the Everest Base Camp Trek

CONDITIONS FOR PORTERS IN THE KHUMBU REGION

Conditions for trekking porters across Nepal are far from ideal, however they are particularly poor in the Khumbu region. Unlike in other trekking regions, guesthouse owners in the Khumbu do not permit porters to sleep or eat in their guesthouses alongside trekkers and guides (with the exception of a rare few based on our own experience). Instead, porters sleep and eat at designated Nepali hotels or porter shelters in each village or teahouse settlement in the Khumbu region. Also, unlike in other regions, porters in the Khumbu must pay for their meals, with a large proportion of their daily wage being spent on food.

The conditions in which porters sleep, often in one dormitory-style room with up to 100 or more porters, are much more basic than those experienced by trekkers and guides in guesthouses. Sometimes porter accommodation is full, and porters must walk to a different village to find available accommodation, returning to meet their trekking clients in the morning. This is especially common at Lobuche and Gorak Shep, where limited accommodation means that porters often have to walk for hours, back to Thukla or Pheriche to spend the night before returning early the next morning.

You can read more in the informative paper ‘ Uphill Struggle: Impediments and Facilitators to Porter Health in the Khumbu Region ’ by Nate Barott (2018).

Porters stop for a break in the courtyard of a lunch establishment at Lawi Schyasa, between Namche Bazaar and Tengboche on the Everest Base Camp Trek

Porters stop for a break at Lawi Schyasa, between Namche Bazaar and Tengboche on the Everest Base Camp trail

HOW TO ORGANISE AN EVEREST BASE CAMP TREKKING GUIDE (AND PORTER)

The easiest way to arrange a trekking guide is via a trekking agency . You can book an inclusive Everest Base Camp trekking package which covers your transport, entrance fees, guide (and porter), accommodation costs, and three meals a day. Alternatively, you can pay for a guide (and porter) only, and then pay-as-you-go for your accommodation, food, transport, and entrance fees (although this involves more day-to-day hassle than opting for an inclusive package).

Choosing a trekking agency is often the trickiest part as there are thousands of registered agencies in Nepal and the quality of service can vary greatly between them. Many trekkers will choose a guide or agency based on a trusted recommendation from a friend or fellow trekker, and this is a good approach. An alternative option is to visit a number of trekking agencies in person when you arrive in Thamel (Kathmandu) to get a feel for a company that you like, or to contact agencies online in advance.

Having trekked with three different agencies and three different guides on three visits to Nepal, our best experience has been with Himalayan Masters . We partnered with them for our Langtang , Gosainkunda Helambu , and Everest Base Camp and Three Passes treks, and found them to be very professional, committed to a high level of service, and competitively priced.

We really appreciate the fact that Sandip, the agency owner, is super flexible when it comes to itinerary amendments that don’t just follow the norm. He’s also a problem solver and what we’d call a real ‘go-getter’, a trait that’s highly valuable to his clients, whether he’s retrieving a swallowed bank card from a Thamel ATM in record time, or fixing logistical issues when things go wrong last minute at 2am (both real life examples experienced by us or fellow Himalayan Masters clients we met on the trail!).

We’d also highly recommend our Himalayan Masters guide, Govinda Rai, who we spent over a month trekking with in Nepal. He is very professional, taking care of everything you would expect from a guide, but also tailoring his suggestions and advice specifically to his clients, resulting in a more enjoyable trekking experience overall. We quickly came to trust his choices for lunch stops and accommodation as we felt they were always among the best options available. His knowledge of the trail was excellent, and his advice on trekking times for each day (based on our own pace) was spot-on, making it easier for us to plan our itinerary and make on-the-go changes as we saw fit. And on a personal level, we found Govinda to be easy-going, friendly, and an all-round great person to spend time with.

Govinda Rai, a trekking guide for Himalayan Masters, laughing and smiling in front of colourful prayer flags at the top of Kyanjin Ri (4856 m) on the Langtang Valley trek

Govinda, o ur Himalayan Masters guide

Govinda, our Himalayan Masters guide

We also met a number of other Himalayan Masters guides while out on the trail, including Dipak who we chatted with lots, as our Langtang Valley trek itinerary coincided for three nights at the same guesthouses. From our interactions with Dipak, and positive feedback shared over dining room chats with his two trekking clients, we’re confident that Himalayan Masters are working with great guides across the board.

In addition to our guide, Govinda, we’d also highly recommend our porter, Prakas Tamang, organised last minute for us by Himalayan Masters. He knows the trail inside out, portering on the Everest Base Camp route, along with various others in the Khumbu region, multiple times a season. We felt he went above and beyond his role as a trekking porter, especially when breaking trail for us in snowy conditions while crossing Ngozumpa Glacier and Renjo La.

To discuss planning your Everest Base Camp trek you can get in touch with Himalayan Masters at [email protected] and you’ll get a 5% discount off your trip cost by using our code HOGG5 .

HOW ABOUT TACKLING THE MANASLU CIRCUIT?

DAY BY DAY ACCOUNT

ACCOMMODATION ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

Accommodation.

Accommodation on the Everest Base Camp trek is in the form of guesthouses, also known as teahouses or lodges. These can be found regularly along the trail in local villages (such as Namche Bazaar and Dingboche) or in guesthouse-only settlements (such as Lobuche and Gorak Shep). In general, the standard of accommodation is decent on the EBC trek, but it becomes more basic at higher altitude, with accommodation at Gorak Shep (5160 m) the most basic (and the toilets the most unpleasant) of the whole trek.

Snow capped Pumori occupies the background while blue roofed guesthouses occupy the foreground in the dry rocky landscape at Gorak Shep, the highest settlement trekkers stay at on the Everest Base Camp Trek

The accommodation at Gorak Shep (5160 m) is the most basic on the Everest Base Camp Trek, but the mountain views are spectacular

Guesthouses provide both accommodation and meals, and you are expected to eat dinner and breakfast at the guesthouse you sleep at. Lunch is usually at a different guesthouse along the trail, unless you arrive early at your destination for the day.

Rooms are basic, but comfortable. They usually have two single beds, although some places will have rooms sleeping three, or just one. Beds always have a sheet-covered mattress, a pillow with a pillowcase, and a blanket. We have seen plenty of bedding hanging out to dry which would suggest sheets, pillowcases, and blankets do get washed, however there is no guarantee that they will be freshly laundered for each guest. Personally, we always trek with our own sleeping bag and silk liner, using the blanket over our sleeping bag for extra warmth at higher altitudes.

There is always a light in the room, powered by mains electricity or solar. Often there is a small table, some hooks on the wall, and a bin, and there is almost always a window with curtains. Some guesthouses will have charging sockets in the room, but this is not always the case. There is no heating in guesthouse rooms, only ever in the main dining room.

DINING ROOM

Every guesthouse has a dining room where you can eat your meals, drink tea, and hang out. There are usually tables and benches around the perimeter of the room, with plenty of plastic chairs for huddling around the central stove. Expect to see a display cabinet of snacks and sundries for sale (eg. chocolate bars, biscuits, Pringles, toilet paper, soft drinks), and often a Buddhist prayer altar, too. The dining room is the only room with a stove. This is usually lit in the late afternoon or early evening as the sun goes down and it starts to get cold, making it nice and cosy.

The dining room of Mountain Paradise Lodge in Dragnag/Thangnak on the Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes Trek

The dining room of Mountain Paradise Lodge in Dragnag/Thangnak, a small teahouse settlement on the Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes Trek

TOILETS AND SHOWERS

There are usually rooms with attached bathrooms (ensuite) available as far as Dingboche. After Dingboche, rooms with shared (common) bathrooms are generally all that is available. If you have an attached bathroom this will usually have a toilet, sink (not always), and shower. Shared bathroom facilities normally consist of separate toilets and shower rooms, with a sink outside, although sometimes there is no dedicated sink and you’ll need to wash your hands/brush your teeth at an outdoor tap.

Toilets may be sit-down or squat style. Toilet paper is never provided , so you’ll need to pack your own and buy more as you go. Do not flush toilet paper down the toilet, always put it in the bin next to the toilet (this may be an old tin can, a cardboard box, a plastic container, or such like.) Sit-down toilets will likely have an automatic flush, although at higher altitudes in cold weather, the pipes can freeze and you may need to flush the toilet using a bucket of water. Squat toilets never have an automatic flush; you always need to flush using the scoop and bucket of water provided.

A gas shower is usually available although sometimes the water is solar heated. If neither are available, guesthouses can provide a bucket of hot water which you can use to wash. You can expect to pay up to 800 NPR for any kind of hot water shower at guesthouses between Namche Bazaar and Lobuche. There are no shower facilities at Gorak Shep.

COME JOIN US ON INSTAGRAM

FOOD AND DRINK

Every guesthouse serves meals and you are expected to eat dinner and breakfast at the guesthouse you are sleeping at, otherwise the cost of the room will be much higher. There are also a few bakeries, coffee shops, and tea shops along the route where you can pop in for treats.

Every guesthouse has a menu, and the options for breakfast, lunch, and dinner are similar at each. Prices increase the higher you go as food and fuel needs to be transported further via porters or pack animals, resulting in additional costs. Meat is on the menu at most guesthouses (usually buffalo, yak, or chicken), but it’s advisable to stick to vegetarian food; meat is not usually fresh or kept refrigerated and the chance of getting an upset stomach is much greater if you eat it.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK MENU

Click into the slider to see a typical example of a menu on the Everest Base Camp trek. This menu is from Dingboche, where prices are more expensive than at lower altitudes but fairly representative of prices above 4000 m.

We have included photos of the menu from every guesthouse that we stayed at on the Everest Base Camp trek in our accompanying map .

Everest Three Passes and Base Camp treks; food and drink menu from the Mountain Heritage Inn in Dingboche

Breakfast dishes include porridge, muesli, eggs, Tibetan bread (a kind of fried dough), chapati (flat, unleavened bread), and pancakes . Honey, jam, peanut butter, apples, chocolate sauce, and yak cheese are common accompaniments on offer.

Breakfast options are generally priced between 300 – 1200 NPR (approx $2 – $9 USD), depending on location and item.

LUNCH AND DINNER

Dal Bhat is a ubiquitous Nepali meal , eaten twice a day by many locals. It consists of plain rice, a lentil soup, veggie curry, papad (poppadom), and some sort of pickle. Depending on the veggies available, you may also get saag (spinach) or something similar. Everything is served on a big plate, and you can get free refills of each item (apart from the papad!).

A serving of classic Nepali dish dal bhat on a brass plate, sitting on a peach coloured wooden table

There are always free refills of rice, dal and curry with Dal Bhat , giving rise to the familiar catchphrase ‘Dal Bhat power 24 hour’

Dal Bhat, the national dish of Nepal, on a copper dish set on a blue wooden table

With Dal Bhat , t here are always free refills of at least the rice, dal and curry, giving rise to the familiar catchphrase, ‘Dal Bhat power 24 hour’

Other options include various soups (some fresh, some from a packet), basic pasta dishes (usually fried), fried rice, fried noodles, boiled or fried potatoes, and momos (steamed or fried dumplings). Ingredients more or less revolve around eggs, cheese, potatoes, carrots, cabbage, onion, garlic, and tinned tuna.

Lunch and dinner options are generally priced between 350 – 1200 NPR (approx $2.5 – $9 USD), depending on location and item.

Various hot drinks include black/green/milk/masala/mint/ginger lemon honey tea, instant coffee, and hot chocolate . You can order a single cup or a small/medium/large thermos (called ‘pots’). Cups or pots of hot water are also available.

Soft drinks like Coke, Fanta, and Sprite are available to buy at each guesthouse shop, along with bottled water (although we recommend purifying tap water to drink instead of buying bottled water). You can also buy beer (bottles/cans) and small bottles of Khukuri rum , however it’s best to avoid alcohol at higher altitudes as this dehydrates you and makes acclimatisation more difficult.

Hot drinks are on average about 80 – 350 NPR per cup ($0.60 – $2.60 USD), or up to 800 – 3000 NPR per large pot ($6 – $22 USD). Soft drinks are about 300 – 600 NPR ($2.30 – $4.50 USD), bottled water is about 100 – 500 NPR ($0.75 – $3.80 USD), and beer is about 800 – 1200 NPR ($6 – $9 USD).

SNACKS AND DESSERTS

You can buy chocolate bars, biscuits, and Pringles at most guesthouse shops. Other snacks like popcorn, papad, prawn crackers, yak cheese, or french fries are often available on the menu, and you can usually get desserts like apple, Snickers, or Mars spring rolls/fritters/pies/momos.

The snacks, drinks and sundries on sale at the Ganesh View Hotel in Rimche on the Langtang Valley trek

A typical example of what’s on sale in guesthouses

A fairly typical example of what’s on sale

Prices for Snickers/Mars start from 300 NPR ($2.30 USD), packets of biscuits start from 100 NPR ($.75 USD), and Pringles start from 600 NPR ($4.5 USD). Desserts range from 350 – 900 NPR ($2.70 – $6.80 USD).

BAKERIES AND COFFEE SHOPS

You’ll find bakeries and coffee shops (some with even proper coffee machines!) in various villages along the Everest Base Camp trekking route. These include Namche Bazaar, Tengboche and Dingboche. Common bakery treats include brownies, cinnamon buns, and apple pie. A few bakeries in Dingboche also show mountain-related films every afternoon.

Coffee costs around 300 – 400 NPR ($2.20 – $3 USD); bakery treats are usually around 400 – 600 NPR ($3 – $4.5 USD).

FANCY THE BIGGEST TREKKING CHALLENGE IN THE KHUMBU REGION?

Link image for the Everest Three Passes trek guide featuring a hiker and guide crossing a flat, rocky section before Kongma La

PLAN YOUR TREK WITH OUR GUIDE

Link image for the Everest Three Passes route guide featuring trekkers crossing the glacier towards Cho La, the middle of the three passes on the Everest Three Passes trek

TRAIL NOTES AND OTHER INFO

SAFE DRINKING WATER ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

Bottled water is available to buy along the trail, however a much better option (environmentally and economically!) is to treat tap water and drink this instead. Come prepared with a refillable water bottle and/or water bladder , and a method of treating the water to make it safe for drinking.

The cheapest option is to use water purification tablets . You drop these into the water, wait about 30 minutes, then your water is safe to drink (although it can have a strange taste due to the active chemical in the tablets, ie. iodine or chlorine). You can buy these easily in supermarkets and outdoor shops in Kathmandu.

Our preferred method of water sterilisation is to use a Steripen Ultra in conjunction with a filter . The filter screws onto the top of our Nalgene water bottle and ensures any weird floaty bits or particulates are filtered out. Then we stick the Steripen into 1 litre of water for 90 seconds and the UV light sterilises the water, making it safe to drink immediately and with no change to the taste. The Steripen Ultra model is rechargeable via USB, so we can charge it using our solar panel, power bank, or an electrical socket. We always carry water purification tablets as an emergency backup, although we’ve never had to use them during 6+ years of using the Steripen.

Other common sterilisation methods include a Lifestraw , Grayl , Water-To Go , or a squeeze filter system .

As pipes can freeze overnight at higher altitudes, be sure to fill water for the following day before going to bed . There is usually a tap where you can fill your water bottle, but if not your guesthouse owner/staff can fill it for you from their water storage container.

The only place on the Everest Base Camp trek where it is not possible/advisable to drink the local water is at Gorak Shep . There is no good water supply here. The local guesthouses have to fill water from a questionable spring and store it in containers for use in the kitchen. Given the scarcity of water and the effort involved to carry it to the guesthouse, staff will not fill your bottle for you. The only option is to buy bottled water (500 NPR) or do as we did and carry enough water with you from Lobuche. Given the poor water supply and likely less than ideal hygiene standards at high altitude Gorak Shep (5160 m), it is not uncommon for people to get sick here. We would advise caution with what you order, perhaps avoiding hot drinks (which may not have been properly boiled).

WIFI, PHONE SIGNAL, AND CHARGING ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

WIFI, PHONE SIGNAL, AND CHARGING

Nepal Telecom SIM cards work best on the Everest Base Camp trek. With NTC you’ll have a phone signal and usually a data connection for most of the trek between Lukla and Pangboche . You’re unlikely to get much of a signal beyond here.

WiFi is available at most guesthouses and bakeries along the trail. Between Lukla and Pangboche the usual WiFi cost for unlimited use at a guesthouse is around 300 NPR ($2.30 USD), although sometimes it’s free. Beyond Pangboche you can connect to the internet via Airlink . To do so you buy a card with an individual access code and this costs 600 – 700 NPR for 24 hours. Poor weather conditions can affect WiFi connectivity so there are no guarantees it will be working 24/7.

Most guesthouses run off solar power, and free in-room charging isn’t usually available. Instead you pay per device , charging in the dining room. Prices increase the higher you go, with one phone battery full charge costing between 200 – 800 NPR ($1.50 – $6 USD), and a power bank full charge costing between 1000 – 2000 NPR ($7.60 – $15 USD). Some guesthouses do offer free in-room charging (and a hot shower) if you are paying for a more expensive room with an attached bathroom. Depending on how many devices/batteries you need to charge, paying for the more expensive room can sometimes work out better value overall. Some coffee shops (notably in Dingboche) offer free phone charging with the purchase of food or drink.

Cafe 4410, a sizeable coffee shop/cafe on the main thoroughfare in Dingboche, a village where most trekkers spend two nights on the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks

One of the cafes in Dingboche offering free phone/battery charging for customers

It’s definitely a good idea to pack a power bank (or two, depending on your usage), enabling you to charge your phone and batteries on-the-go. A portable solar panel allows you to charge your devices for free in sunny conditions, and may be worth buying if you’ll continue to use it on future trips.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK COST AND BUDGET

COSTS AND BUDGET

The cost of your Everest Base Camp trek will very much depend on how you choose to trek (independently or with a guide), how many people you share the costs with, how much you eat and drink, and how often you want to have a hot shower, connect to the internet, or charge your devices.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK BUDGET SUMMARY

An inclusive Everest Base Camp trekking package with a local agency such as Himalayan Masters (quote HOGG5 for a 5% discount! ) usually works out at around $125 per day . This normally covers your accommodation during the trek in a mixture of rooms with attached and shared bathrooms, three meals and three hot drinks per trekking day, a guide and porter, internal flights, all airport transfers, all permits, and a couple of nights accommodation in Kathmandu. You will need to pay for any extras during your trek such as hot showers, charging devices, WiFi, and snacks – budget about $20 per day to cover all of this. You should also budget for a tip for your guide and porter.

An independent trekker with a mid-range budget (travelling without a guide or porter) could expect to pay around $50 – $55 per day on the EBC trek. This would cover flights to and from Lukla, your permits, accommodation in a mixture of rooms with attached and shared bathrooms, three meals and three hot drinks plus one treat a day (such as a Coke, Snickers, or real coffee), connecting to WiFi, charging a power bank, and having a hot shower every other day, and charging a phone or camera battery every day.

The minimum that we estimate a budget independent trekker could spend on the Everest Base Camp trek is about $35 per day . This would mean trekking without a guide or porter, opting to travel overland by public transport (minimum 16 days required Kathmandu to Kathmandu), sharing a twin room and using shared bathroom facilities every night, eating three simple meals a day with no snacks or treats, and not paying for any WiFi, hot showers, or device charging.

DETAILED EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK BUDGET

Below is a complete breakdown of the average costs for an Everest Base Camp trek. This should allow you to plan your budget according to your own style of trekking. We have calculated these costs based on the actual prices charged at each guesthouse we stayed at, averaged out over an 11 night/12 day itinerary as outlined in our Classic Everest Base Camp Itinerary table above .

TRANSPORT COSTS

Flight: Kathmandu < > Lukla; $180 (one way)

Flight: Ramechhap < > Lukla; $152 (one way)

Helicopter: Kathmandu < > Lukla; $500 (one way)

Kathmandu to Ramechhap

Local Bus: Kathmandu < > Ramechhap; 600 NPR ($4.50) (one way)

Shuttle Bus: Kathmandu < > Ramechhap; $30 (one way)

Private Car: Kathmandu < > Ramechhap; 14000 NPR ($100) (one way) (cost can be shared among 4 people)

Kathmandu to Salleri

Local Bus: Kathmandu < > Salleri; 1700 NPR ($13) (one way)

Shared Jeep: Kathmandu < > Salleri; 2600 NPR ($20) (one way)

Private Jeep: Kathmandu < > Salleri; $250 (one way) (cost can be shared among 7 people)

Salleri to Thamdada

Shared Jeep: Salleri < > Thamdada; 2600 NPR ($20) (one way)

Private Jeep: Salleri < > Thamdada; $235 (one way) (cost can be shared among 7 people)

PERMITS/ENTRANCE FEES

2000 NPR ($15) Khumbu Trek Card

3000 NPR ($23) Sagarmatha National Park Fee (1500 NPR SAARC nationals / 100 NPR Nepali nationals)

Twin Room with attached bathroom: 1000 – 1500 NPR ($7.50 – $11) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

Twin Room with shared bathroom: 500 – 1000 NPR ($3.80 – $7.50) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

11 nights twin room with shared bathroom average cost 750 NPR ($5.70) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

11 nights twin room with attached bathroom where possible average cost 1200 NPR ($9) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

3 x meals with hot drinks, average 3150 NPR ($24 USD) per person, per day

Costs based on 1 x chapati with omelette (breakfast) + 2 x dal bhat (lunch and dinner) + 3 x masala tea per day

It will cost extra if you want to have soft drinks, snacks, desserts, etc.

For a detailed look at food prices, check out the menus for each guesthouse we stayed at in our Everest Base Camp map

Average 500 NPR ($3.80) per day (if using wifi every day)

PHONE/CAMERA BATTERY CHARGING COSTS

Average 400 NPR ($3) per day (if charging one phone or camera battery every day)

POWER BANK CHARGING COSTS

Average 550 NPR ($4) per day (if charging one power bank every day)

HOT SHOWER COSTS

Average 550 NPR ($4) per day (if taking a hot shower every day)

TREKKING GUIDE

$20 – $30 USD per day (cost can be shared with up to 5 people)

$18 – $25 USD per day (max weight carried 25 kg, cost can be shared between 2-3 people)

GUIDE AND PORTER TIPS

Guides and porters rely on tips to supplement their daily wage and it is expected that you tip at the end of your trek

Recommended minimum amount is:

500 NPR ($4 USD) per person, per day for guides

400 NPR ($3 USD) per person, per day for porters

For larger groups, tip 10% of total tour cost to be split between all trekking staff

Average 500 NPR ($3.80) per day (if using wifi every day)

PHONE/CAMERA BATTERY CHARGING

Power bank charging, money and atms on the everest base camp trek.

MONEY AND ATMs

You will pay for everything in cash on your Everest Base Camp trek. It is best to bring all the cash you need from Kathmandu , in Nepalese rupees . There are ATMs in Lukla and Namche Bazaar, but we advise you to think of these as emergency ATMs only and not to rely upon them. It’s a good idea to have a mixture of large and small bills, as guesthouses, shops, and bakeries don’t always have change.

ATMs in Nepal have maximum withdrawal limits (usually 35,000 NPR) and your bank card is also likely to have a max daily withdrawal limit . Be sure to plan ahead and start withdrawing cash a few days in advance. If this is not possible, for example you plan to depart for Lukla soon after arriving in Nepal, you will need to have enough foreign currency (USD is best) to exchange for Nepalese rupees.

If you are trekking independently you will need to carry quite a lot of cash. You will need less cash if you choose an inclusive trekking package as your guide will pay for accommodation and food during the trek, but you will still need enough to cover daily expenses such as hot showers, snacks, and device charging. You should also ensure you have enough cash to tip your guide and porter at the end of the trek, as one or both may not be returning with you to Kathmandu.

PLAN YOUR JOURNEY ON THIS CLASSIC NEPAL TREK

WHAT TO PACK FOR THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

WHAT TO PACK

Everything you need for your Everest Base Camp trek is covered in our dedicated packing guide, What To Pack For Trekking in Nepal , so be sure to check this out for a complete rundown. You can also download our Nepal Packing List , a useful online or printable checklist for your trek.

In a nutshell, you will need layers suitable for trekking in warm and cold conditions and dry clothes for the evening, gear which you will use on the trail and at your guesthouse, any relevant electronics , hygiene and first aid items, and a few essentials such as cash , emergency contact details , your travel insurance documents, and your passport . We would highly recommend carrying microspikes (crampons) for crossing the icy glacier at Cho La, and in case you encounter any other snow or ice during the trek.

If you arrive in Nepal without the appropriate gear for trekking, you can buy and/or rent everything you need in Kathmandu (either fake or genuine items). Some trekking agencies provide gear free of charge to clients. Himalayan Masters , for example, provide sleeping bags, down jackets, trekking poles, water bottles, purification tablets, caps, T-Shirts, and a duffel bag if you’re trekking with a porter.

There are also lots of trekking shops in both Lukla and Namche Bazaar , with others dotted along the trail in various smaller villages. You can buy genuine gear from the likes of Icebreaker, Osprey, and Black Diamond at Sherpa Adventure Gear stores in Namche. There is also a branch of The North Face in Namche. Most other shops sell counterfeit/cheap gear.

You can leave any excess luggage at your hotel in Kathmandu and pick it up when you return from your trek.

Post link image for 'What to Pack for Trekking in Nepal', featuring trekkers, guides and porters crossing a suspension bridge on the Everest Base Camp route

WHAT TO PACK FOR YOUR TREK

Display image of a downloadable checklist of what to pack for trekking in Nepal

Download our handy Nepal packing list to print or fill in digitally using a PDF reader

ALTITUDE AWARENESS AND AMS

Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) , also commonly referred to as Altitude Sickness, can affect people at heights of around 2500 m and above . It can affect anyone regardless of age, physical fitness, or other factors. The higher you go the less oxygen there is, and it takes time for your body to adjust. Symptoms of AMS, such as headaches, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, fatigue or loss of appetite, can occur when your body is not properly acclimatised to being at a particular altitude.

The highest sleeping altitude on the Everest Base Camp trek is at Gorak Shep (5160 m). The highest point you are likely to trek to is Kala Patthar (5611 m) . These altitudes are considered ‘ very high altitude ’ in trekking terms.

AMS can develop into the life-threatening conditions of HACE or HAPE, therefore symptoms of AMS should never be ignored. Read up on the causes, symptoms, and treatments for AMS prior to your trek – it could save your life or that of a fellow trekker! We have found the altitude.org website helpful, along with the PDF booklet about Travel at High Altitude (available in a number of languages) produced by Medex . A number of other medical websites, such as the NHS , are also good resources.

In a nutshell, the best way to avoid developing AMS (or the life-threatening conditions of HACE or HAPE) is to follow medically advised best-practices . This includes ascending slowly, sleeping no more than 300 – 500 metres higher than the previous night, taking a rest day for every 1000 metres ascended above 2500 m, staying well hydrated by drinking lots of water, and going on acclimatisation hikes where you can climb high but return to sleep at a lower altitude.

Ascending at the correct rate and doing acclimatisation hikes like this one (Nangkartshang) will help your body adjust to high altitude properly

Ascending slowly and doing acclimatisation day hikes like this one (Nangkartshang) will help your body adjust to high altitude properly

If you develop AMS symptoms, do not ascend any higher. Rest, drink water, eat something, take paracetamol and ibuprofen to help with the pain, and assess whether your condition is worsening or improving. If it is worsening, you should descend to a lower altitude immediately. If it is improving or staying the same, rest at the same altitude for a night and allow your body more time to acclimatise before ascending.

Acetazolamide (Diamox) is a tablet that can be taken as a preventative to AMS, or as a treatment to help reduce the symptoms. It helps to speed up the acclimatisation process by causing you to breathe deeper and faster, resulting in higher oxygen concentrations in the body. It usually comes in tablets of 250 mg and the dosage is 125 mg twice a day. You can speak to a medical professional prior to your trip about taking Acetazolamide (Diamox). It is available to purchase over the counter at pharmacies in Kathmandu and trekking guides will often carry it in their first aid kit. Common side effects of taking Acetazolamide (Diamox) are tingling fingers, lips, and/or feet.

Note that many guides and locals will advise you to eat garlic soup as a remedy to AMS, but there is no medical evidence to support this notion.

TRAVEL INSURANCE FOR TREKKING IN NEPAL

You will have the chance to trek up to 5611 m on the Everest Base Camp trek. Trekking to this altitude is NOT automatically covered by most travel insurance providers , but you should be able to pay extra for an add-on ‘activity pack’ or such like which will cover you for trekking at such heights. When choosing your travel insurance policy, it’s also wise to ensure you have Search and Rescue cover and Medical Evacuation cover included.

Always check the inclusions and exclusions of your policy carefully. Some travel insurance providers have specific exclusions or conditions when it comes to trekking in Nepal. For example, the excess for helicopter evacuation may be considerably higher for Nepal than elsewhere. This is due in part to a scam in recent years whereby trekkers who become ill are pressured or encouraged to fly out of the mountains by helicopter for medical attention, with unscrupulous guides, helicopter companies, doctors, and even some trekkers themselves, profiting from the scam.

You should also make a note of the correct procedure for medical emergencies and the insurance company emergency contact number. Add this information to your phone, and keep a written copy with you while trekking.

Whether you are currently in your home country or are already travelling, two travel insurance policy providers that can cover you for trekking in Nepal are World Nomads (for residents of 140+ countries) and True Traveller (for UK and EEA residents only). We have purchased travel insurance policies from both of these companies on numerous occasions and have found their policies to be comprehensive, and their online claims and extension processes straightforward.

If you still need to organise your travel insurance, we’d suggest getting a quote from each to see which suits you best.

Click the links below to get a quote

Click the links to get a quote.

It’s possible to travel overland from India to Nepal, crossing the border at Sunauli. The route and details are described in this post on Seat 61 .

The easiest way to get to Nepal is by flying and this is how the vast majority of people arrive. A number of different airlines operate flights to Nepal’s only international airport, Tribhuvan International Airport, on the outskirts of Kathmandu. There are very few long distance direct flights to Nepal, so you can expect to transfer somewhere in Asia or the Middle East, depending on your direction of travel.

It’s best to book your flights at the earliest possible opportunity . During busy times, such as the peak trekking seasons in spring and autumn, flights are often fully booked.

CHECK FLIGHT OPTIONS HERE

Arriving at kathmandu airport.

There is a money exchange booth next to the visa payment counter , prior to passing through immigration. There is an ATM next to the visa payment counter too, however it is unreliable. More ATMs are available after passing through immigration, but it’s best to have some cash with you just in case.

You can arrange a SIM from NCell or Nepal Telecom at arrivals , and SIM cards are also available from many small shops in Thamel.

AIRPORT TAXI

A taxi from the airport to Thamel costs approximately 800 – 1000 NPR ($6 – $7.50 USD) and takes between 15 – 30 minutes depending on traffic and the time of day. There are prepaid taxi counters at arrivals, or you can negotiate a fare with a taxi driver outside (there are no metered taxis). You need to pay cash .

PLAN YOUR TREK TO UPPER MUSTANG

Upper Mustang trekking guide blog post link image featuring two trekkers walking across an arid plateau with mountains in the distance

Tourist visas are available on arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport and at all land border crossings that are open to foreign travellers .

While tourist visas on arrival are available for many foreign passport holders, citizens of some countries are required to get a visa prior to arrival, while those from SAARC countries can get their visa free of charge.

See the Nepal Immigration website for more details.

NEPAL VISA ON ARRIVAL

There are three Nepal tourist visas available and three things you must have to get one on arrival:

15 Days – 30 USD
30 Days – 50 USD
90 Days – 125 USD

WHAT YOU NEED

A passport valid for at least six months
At least one blank page in your passport
The visa fee in cash (US Dollars is best)

The Nepal tourist visa on arrival process is as follows:

Go to the machines to the right as you enter the arrivals hall. You’ll need your passport details and hotel address . After filling in the required details on the screen, take a photo of the confirmation page on your phone (the printer doesn’t work).
Next, you need to pay for your visa at the desk on the left as you enter the arrivals hall. You can show the confirmation on your phone. They want a cash payment for the visa. A sign indicates that a number of currencies are acceptable, including EUR, GBP, CAD, USD, AUD, JPY, KRW, AED, SGD, THB, MYR, CHF, DKK, QAD, SAR, CNY, HKD, KWD, and BHD. Note that they will NOT accept Bank of Scotland GBP notes, only Bank of England notes. You cannot pay in NPR. The sign says they accept card payments, but they will refuse and advise you that you must pay cash. If you insist hard enough, then they’ll send you to the desk on the far left to pay at a card machine with a $1 surcharge. The machine can be temperamental and the payment may fail to go through a few times. Also, it’s treated as a cash advance from your credit card, not a transaction, so you’ll probably be charged a cash withdrawal fee by your credit card company. After paying for your visa you’ll get a receipt .
Take the receipt of visa payment, your passport , and boarding pass for your flight into Kathmandu to the immigration desk and get stamped through.

RECOMMENDED KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION

Thamel is the main tourist hub in Kathmandu , with plenty of restaurants, bars, shops, and services aimed at trekkers. Here are some recommendations for accommodation before and after your Everest Base Camp trek, with something to suit all budgets.

Flock Hostel | Dorm and Private rooms, modern design, close to Thamel, rooftop bar and terrace, restaurant

Zostel Kathmandu | Dorm and Private rooms, terrace, bar, restaurant, close to Thamel

Flying Yak | Dorm and Private rooms, modern design, central Thamel, bar, terrace

Yakety Yak | Dorm and Private rooms, sleek modern design, rooftop terrace, bar, restaurant, central Thamel

Bag Packer’s Lodge | Budget private rooms with shared or private bathroom, rooftop terrace, restaurant, central Thamel location

9ine Thamel | Sleek minimalist design, central Thamel, excellent restaurant

Nomad Hotel | Tasteful modern design, short walk from Thamel, restaurant and terrace

Oasis Kathmandu Hotel | Good location in Thamel, restaurant, generically ‘nice’ decor

Kathmandu Aagantuk Hotel | Good location in Thamel, restaurant, generically ‘nice’ decor, some rooms with balconies

Hotel Roadhouse | Stylish Modern design with heritage feel, central Thamel, popular restaurant on ground floor

Dalai-La | Central Thamel, courtyard restaurant, artistic Nepali design

Hotel Thamel House | Classic heritage style with lots of brick and wood, leafy courtyard restaurant, central Thamel

Kathmandu Marriott Hotel | Sleek and minimal design, walking distance to Thamel, Nimsdai store on-site

Aloft Kathmandu | Modern design, Thamel location

Baber Mahal Vilas – The Heritage Hotel | Heritage boutique hotel invoking a range of historic styles

The Dwarika’s Hotel | 5* luxury heritage style hotel, half-way between airport and Thamel

SEE MORE KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION HERE

Everest base camp trek maps, guidebooks and apps.

MAPS, GUIDEBOOKS AND APPS

You can easily pick up trekking maps of the Khumbu region in Thamel, Kathmandu, with many shops selling them. Check that your map covers the full Everest Base Camp route, plus the section to the south as far as Salleri if you’re planning to travel overland to Lukla (or plans change at the last minute and you need to trek instead of fly!).

Good guidebooks for the Everest Base Camp trek specifically, and the Khumbu region and Nepal in general, include A Trekking Guide to Everest: Everest Base Camp, Gokyo Lakes, Thame Valley, Three High Passes, Classic Everest, Arun Valley by Sian Pritchard-Jones and Bob Gibbons (available in paperback or kindle), Cicerone’s Trekking Everest: Base Camp, Kala Patar and Other Trekking Routes in Nepal and Tibet , Lonely Planet’s Nepal Guide , the Lonely Planet Trekking in the Nepal Himalaya guide, and The Rough Guide to Nepal .

We would also suggest having a mapping app on your phone that can be used offline . Our favourite is Organic Maps ( iOS / Android ) (very similar to Maps.me, but with less ads) which is easy to use and has a straightforward interface. You can download maps for the area beforehand and use it offline with the GPS on your phone. Our Everest Base Camp Trekking E-Map includes a KML file with the various routes and all relevant places pinned, which can be imported to Organic Maps or Maps.Me for easy navigation and planning.

We also use the Gaia GPS app ( iOS / Android ) when we want more detailed topographical info, ensuring that we’ve downloaded the relevant map region online in advance. Again, our Everest Base Camp Trekking E-Map includes a GPX file download of the routes and key places, which can be imported directly into your app.

THANKS FOR READING!

If you’ve found this guide helpful, please consider leaving us a small tip. Your support is greatly appreciated and helps cover the costs of running this blog.

Kim and Del Hogg

If you’ve found this guide helpful, please consider leaving us a small tip.

Your support is greatly appreciated and helps cover the costs of running this blog.

That’s it for our guide to the Everest Base Camp trek. We hope you found it useful. If you’ve any thoughts or experiences to share, or any questions about this trek, drop them in the comments below.

ORGANISE YOUR TRIP

Still not sorted your travel insurance it’s not too late get a quote now, liked this guide pin it for later, 3 leave a reply.

Wow, there is nobody ever who even talks about the Sherpa Porters in the region. Exactly, the porters have difficulty in getting the right accommodation and good food. I really love the way it has been explained in this guide. They should be paid more and they should have as good facilities as the guides. They are superhumans.

Thanks Naresh, we were happy to highlight this issue. Ultimately, porters do a valuable job and we believe that both they and trekking guides should be well treated and provided for.

This guide is truly the most comprehensive and accurate I have come across in over 30 years! Still I would like to make a few comments: – about guides and trek packages: some guides want to have total control and not just act as helpers and fixers. Getting a trek package which does not include food and lodgings helps in this regard, as you as the paying client are responsible to pick the lodge to the stay at and also can eat anything from the menu, or nothing in some cases, without the guide having anything to say about it. … Read more »

Everest Base Camp Trek: The Essential Guide

WORK WITH US

We use cookies to ensure we give you the best possible user experience on Going the Whole Hogg. By continuing to browse this site, we assume you're happy with this.

Cookie and Privacy Settings

We may request cookies to be set on your device. We use cookies to let us know when you visit our websites, how you interact with us, to enrich your user experience, and to customize your relationship with our website.

Click on the different category headings to find out more. You can also change some of your preferences. Note that blocking some types of cookies may impact your experience on our websites and the services we are able to offer.

These cookies are strictly necessary to provide you with services available through our website and to use some of its features.

Because these cookies are strictly necessary to deliver the website, refusing them will have impact how our site functions. You always can block or delete cookies by changing your browser settings and force blocking all cookies on this website. But this will always prompt you to accept/refuse cookies when revisiting our site.

We fully respect if you want to refuse cookies but to avoid asking you again and again kindly allow us to store a cookie for that. You are free to opt out any time or opt in for other cookies to get a better experience. If you refuse cookies we will remove all set cookies in our domain.

We provide you with a list of stored cookies on your computer in our domain so you can check what we stored. Due to security reasons we are not able to show or modify cookies from other domains. You can check these in your browser security settings.

We also use different external services like Google Webfonts, Google Maps, and external Video providers. Since these providers may collect personal data like your IP address we allow you to block them here. Please be aware that this might heavily reduce the functionality and appearance of our site. Changes will take effect once you reload the page.

Google Webfont Settings:

Google Map Settings:

Google reCaptcha Settings:

Vimeo and Youtube video embeds:

You can read about our cookies and privacy settings in detail on our Privacy Policy Page.

How to trek to Everest Base Camp

Jun 20, 2023 • 10 min read

From permits to teahouses, here's everything you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp © Mint Images / Getty Images

Top of many people's travel bucket lists, the trek to Everest Base Camp is often the first thing people think about when they start dreaming of a trip to Nepal .

The walk takes trekkers past Sherpa villages and Tibetan-style monasteries, right up into the heart of the high Himalaya, into a breathtaking world (literally) of iconic glaciers, lakes and the tallest peaks on earth. It's probably the world's most famous trek.

But what is it actually like to trek to Base Camp? Is it something within your capabilities or budget? What should you bring? And, most importantly, can you get a proper coffee en route?

I just returned from trekking to Everest Base Camp for Lonely Planet's Nepal guide . Here’s what I think you need to know.

A couple with trekking poles and backpacks follow a trail through the mountains

What's so great about the Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek anyway?

Firstly, the mountain scenery surrounding the world's highest peak is truly spectacular. The sublime views of Ama Dablam, Pumori, Nuptse and Thamserku peaks are unbeatable and constantly change as you progress along the walk. The Sherpa villages and monasteries are fascinating places to visit and the lodges (called teahouses) are the best in the world.

The knowledge that you are walking in the expedition footsteps of Hillary, Tenzing, Messner and others is a thrill. Anyone who has read Into Thin Air will be moved by the memorial stupas of Rob Hall, Scott Fischer and others who have lost their lives on the mountain. And then there's the fact that you will have reached the base of the world's highest peak; whether you call it Chomolongma (Tibetan), Sagarmatha (Nepali) or Everest, it’s a rush all the same.

And what’s not so great about the Everest Base Camp trek?

Well, if you force us to play devil's advocate… EBC is one of the busiest trails in Nepal. In the high season months of October and November you'll be walking with thousands of other trekkers, competing with them to get a bed, a lunch order or an airplane seat. There will be lines at checkpoints and even at moments on the trail itself. In bad weather you might be stranded at Lukla airport with hundreds of other trekkers, all trying to get on the first flight out. It's not quite the Zen-like wilderness experience you may have been imagining.

Bear in mind also that even after a solid week of walking, your view of Everest will be partial at best (for infinitely more dramatic Everest views visit the northern Everest Base Camp in Tibet ). If you trek outside of May's expedition weather window you won’t actually find much to see at Base Camp beyond a boulder hastily spray-painted with "Everest Base Camp".

If this has put you off, don’t worry; there are dozens of other fantastic treks in Nepal .

Crowds gather outside traditional teahouses (lodgings) on the trail to Everest Base Camp with colorful flags fluttering in the breeze

How long does it take to trek to Everest Base Camp?

The walk from the airport at Lukla to Everest Base Camp and back takes a minimum of 15 days. Several of the days are surprisingly short, but this is because you have to figure in time to acclimatize to the high altitudes.

If you can, it's definitely worth adding on a couple of extra days to this basic itinerary. Some of the most dramatic (and least visited) views are from detours off the main trail. I always add two days to visit Thame, two days to visit Chhukung and, if possible, three or four days to visit the lakes of the Gokyo Valley – probably the most beautiful scenery in the Everest region.

Be sure to also budget an extra day or two as a transport buffer. Weather-related flight delays in and out of Lukla are not uncommon (I had to wait six days for a flight to Lukla on my recent trip) so you need some buffer time if heading back for an international flight home.

How challenging is the trek to EBC?

In terms of physical effort, the EBC trek itself is not especially tough. There are only a couple of steep climbs, lasting about an hour each, and most days involve less than four hours of walking.

The thing that makes the EBC trek tough is the altitude. Base Camp is at 5600m (18,373ft) and you will need to spend one or two nights above 5000m (16,404ft). Above 4000m (13,123ft) you are going to feel increasingly lethargic and out of breath as the amount of oxygen in the air decreases. Combine this with the cold, the discomfort of being at altitude and the compounded tiredness from walking for two weeks straight, and you can see why the whole trek experience is definitely a physical challenge.

While you don't need to be an athlete to walk to EBC it is still a good idea to start a fitness regime in the weeks leading up to your trek. You'll enjoy the walk so much more if you are in decent shape.

When is the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

October and November bring the best weather and the clearest skies but these are also the most popular months. The second most popular season is April to early May, when spring blooms and expedition traffic bring extra interest to the trail. To avoid the crowds but still enjoy clear views, pack an extra thermal layer and come in December or March.

A female trekker stands on a high point looking down towards a mountain settlement

What can I do to avoid altitude sickness?

The majority of people who fail to reach Base Camp do so because they failed to acclimatize properly to the altitude. It's essential not to gain altitude too quickly by following the recommended overnight stops and limiting your daily altitude gain to a maximum of 400m (1312ft) when above 3000m (9843ft).

Be sure to add in acclimatization days at both Namche Bazaar and Dingboche, during which it's a good idea to hike to higher altitudes during the day, returning to sleep lower at night.

What are the teahouses like?

At lower altitudes the Everest lodges are the most comfortable in Nepal. Private rooms are the norm, many of which have private bathrooms. Showers are available at most places, though the hot water supply can be patchy. All have cozy dining rooms with tables arranged around a central dung-fueled stove. There are even a few luxury lodges along the trail.

In budget lodges, or when you get above Dingboche, things get simpler, with rooms offering little more than a collection of plywood walls, a solar light and a foam mattress. Toilets are a mixture of seats and squatters; sometimes outdoors, always freezing. A blanket is normally supplied but be sure to bring a four-season sleeping bag rated to well below 0°C (32°F).

What's the food like?

Menus in teahouses range from pasta and pizza to spring rolls, fried potatoes and soups, though the most popular meal is a daal bhaat , a set Nepali meal of rice, lentil soup and fried vegetables, normally served with a papad and pickle, and with a refill included. It's the most filling and environmentally sustainable meal you can order.

In villages such as Namche Bazaar and Dingboche you will also find bakery-cafes serving espresso and slices of delicious apple pie, plus shops selling everything from Snickers bars to bottles of beer. This is one trek where you might actually gain weight!

Can I get wi-fi or phone coverage?

Most lodges offer wi-fi, either free of charge or for a few dollars per day (at higher elevations). Above Namche Bazaar you will likely have to buy a scratch card, giving you unlimited data for twelve hours (AirCell) or a specific amount of data over a month (Everestlink). Depending on your network provider you'll likely get data and a phone signal at lower elevations, and possibly even at Everest Base Camp, but not at other high altitudes. So yes, in theory, you can Skype all your friends from Base Camp!

What should I bring?

Warm clothes are a must, and you should pack thermal underwear, a down jacket and fleece hat. Comfortable hiking boots and good, padded socks are also essential. Sun block, a sun hat with a brim and good sunglasses are important against the strong high-altitude light.

Morale-boosting snacks like chocolate and salami are always helpful, as is a book and smartphone with mapping software like Maps.me. Bring water purification of some sort. If you forget something, don’t worry, you can buy almost anything you might want in Namche Bazaar these days (from ice axes to cans of Pringles), though at prices higher than in Kathmandu .

A person, carrying a large loaded basket on their back, heads up a mountain trail with huge snow-covered peaks in the distance

Do I need a porter and guide?

In terms of finding your way you don't need a guide if you are an experienced walker, as the route is clearly marked and well-trod. A guide can be useful for smoothing your way at teahouses, making sure you get your food on time and helping you pay your bill. It's important not to trek alone, so solo trekkers should find a companion or take a guide or porter.

A porter will carry a bag of around 15kg, freeing you up to pack a few extra chocolate bars and enjoy the walk with little more than a day pack. Not having the strain of carrying a full pack is worth its weight in gold for anyone over the age of 50. Trust me.

How much does the Everest Base Camp trek cost?

For a room in a lodge and three meals a day, figure on US$20–25 per person per day, a bit more if you want a room with a private bathroom and the occasional slice of apple pie. Add on another US$5 every time you want a shower. Figure on an additional US$20 per day for a porter, and US$25–30 for a guide, and budget 10–15% of that fee for an end-of-trip tip.

You'll pay a bit more to have a Kathmandu-based trekking company arrange your entire trek, and a lot more for the convenience and backup of an international trekking tour.

Do I need any permits?

You will need to buy an Everest region permit (US$20) at Lukla, as well as a Sagarmatha National Park entry ticket (US$30) at Monjo. Currently that's all you need.

How can I trek more sustainably?

With 60,000 trekkers and guides headed to the Everest region, it’s important to minimize your impact on the region. Firstly, don't buy bottled water on the trek, as the bottles are nonrecyclable and are a huge problem throughout the region. Bring a system of water purification, like a Lifestraw or Sawyer filter, a Steripen or chemical purification.

Secondly, carry all your trash out (especially batteries), and sign up for the Carry Me Back program, whereby you carry a 1kg bag of trash from Namche Bazaar to Lukla, for it to be recycled in Kathmandu.

Finally, be polite to the Sherpas and porters you meet en route, as well as your fellow trekkers. Walk clockwise around stupas and be respectful at monasteries and shrines.

How do I get to Lukla to start the trek?

Flights run multiple times daily between Kathmandu and Lukla, taking around 30 minutes. During high season however you may have to drive five hours from Kathmandu to Ramechhap airport to catch your Lukla flight there.

It's also possible to fly or drive to Phaplu and walk two days to Lukla from there, or walk from Shivalaya to Lukla in seven days as an excellent pre-trek warm-up.

This article was first published January 2013 and updated June 2023

Explore related stories

Mar 14, 2023 • 4 min read

To reduce accidents and promote jobs, Nepalese authorities recently announced a ban on solo trekking in national parks and conservation areas.

Jul 13, 2022 • 8 min read

The terraced gardens of Grand Hotel Villa Serbelloni above Bellagio, seen on a seaplane flight over Lake Como

Jan 31, 2022 • 6 min read

Old man turning a prayer wheel at Bodhnath Stupa, Nepal

Jan 9, 2022 • 8 min read

A walker on the Routeburn Track rising high above Lake Mackenzie.

Sep 14, 2021 • 11 min read

Stunning view of the Himalaya mountains (Cholatse and Taboche to the left), Ngozumpa glacier, and Gokyo lakes (the world's highest freshwater lakes, sacred for both Hindus and Buddhists), as seen on top of Gokyo Ri (5,357 m), near the village of Gokyo, in Sagarmatha National Park, UNESCO World Heritage Site in Khumbu region, Solukhumbu district, eastern Nepal, Asia.

Jan 28, 2021 • 5 min read

The night before reaching base camp, hikers spend the night in one of the most breathtaking campsites on the planet

Jan 12, 2021 • 7 min read

Dec 10, 2020 • 6 min read

Jan 7, 2020 • 6 min read

Oct 10, 2019 • 9 min read

Everest Base Camp Trek: The Ultimate Guide

Jackson Groves

Posted on Last updated: August 10, 2023

Categories NEPAL , HIKING

Everest Base Camp Trek: The Ultimate Guide

Mt. Everest is the highest mountain in the world and trekking to the base camp is no easy feat either. It’s a journey through some of the most spectacular mountain views but also through a number of beautiful villages along the way. The Everest Base Camp Trek takes anywhere from 9 to 15 days depending on your route and itinerary but also how well you acclimatize.

In this article, I will cover everything you need to know about the logistics of the Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek but I will also share with you my experience on each day of the trek. A short journal entry with a vlog from my experiences from each day will give you an idea of what to expect and you can see how the journey went for me. After sharing my experience, I will then include all of the information you need to know in this complete guide about trekking to Everest Base Camp.

BEST TREKKING COMPANY IN NEPAL

Interested in trekking in Nepal or doing the Everest Base Camp Trek? I recommend booking your trek with Himalayan Masters , which is the company I use for all of my treks in Nepal. Use my code JACKSON5 when you book to receive a 5% DISCOUNT .

Table of Contents

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DETAILS

Distance : 120 km round-trip from Lukla to Base Camp and back to Lukla (You will fly to Lukla from Kathmandu)
Days required : 12 -14 days
Total Incline : (Undulation) – 6015 m
Total Decline :(Undulation) – 5821 m
The highest point on the trek : 5640 m/18 500 ft, this is actually at Kala Patthar, which you will hike to in the morning after reaching Everest Base Camp. This is where you get the best views of Mount Everest.
Difficulty : It’s hard for an average hiker but the altitude is definitely more difficult to manage than the distance with several rest days and acclimatization days.
Permits : Your tour operator will take care of these but in case you do the trek independently it’s good to know that you will pay a Local Government fee and Sagarmatha National Park permit, which totaled together cost about $40-$50
Cost per day : This will depend on your tour price and whether you do the trek with a group, a porter, a guide, or independently. Somewhere between USD $40 (without flights) $60 per person per day with all meals, transport, and guides included.
Guide : It isn’t required but highly recommended. You can do the Everest Base Camp Trek in a few different ways such as by yourself with no guide, with an experienced guide or in a group with a guide.
Accommodation : Guest Houses, also known as Tea Houses along the way where you will sleep in a comfortable bed and have access to showers (extra charge) and restaurant facilities. Very comfortable accommodation and great after a long day of hiking.

TRY THE 3 BEST TREKS IN NEPAL

Manaslu Circuit : My personal favorite 2-week trek through Tibetan villages and stunning scenery. Less crowded and more authentic.

Annapurna Circuit : The most beautiful & scenic 2-week trek in Nepal although can be crowded at times.

Everest Base Camp Trek : The most iconic 2-week route reaching the famous (EBC) Everest Base Camp at 5,300m.

BOOKING A GUIDE FOR THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

The Everest Base Camp Trek doesn’t require a guide but it’s great to have a guide managing the logistics such as directions, tea-houses, distances, medical issues, and the overall organization. I’d say 90% of trekkers go with a guide. I highly recommend booking with Himalayan Masters which is one of the top trekking companies when it comes to the Everest Base Camp Trek. I’ve trekked many different routes in Nepal with them and I’m a big fan of their attention to detail.

The trek costs around $1500 USD with Himalayan Masters as of 2022 and includes all transfers, accommodation, meals, drinks, permits, and even the hotel stay before and after the trek at a high-quality hotel. I honestly had a great time on this trek and I can wholeheartedly recommend Himalayan Masters.

You can use my discount code ‘ JACKSON5 ‘ for 5% off the total price of your trek with Himalayan Masters which is a pretty handy saving.

Email: [email protected]

TOP 3 PLACES TO STAY IN KATHMANDU

a picture of a picture of a picture of a picture of a picture of a

Ultimate Luxury: The Dwarika’s Hotel – Luxury, Spa-service, Pool
Best Value : Aloft Kathmandu Thamel – Swimming Pool, Gym & Great Restuarant
Budget Choice: Hotel Jampa is easily the top cheap hotel in Kathmandu

MY EXPERIENCE ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

I’d like to share with you my experience and photos from my two weeks of trekking to Everest Base Camp. I hope you enjoy recounting the journey as much as I did.

Day One, Two & Three: Kathmandu to Lukla to Phak Ding to Namche

Day one began with an incredible flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. Unfortunately for me, I had come down with food poisoning the night before the trek so it was a rough start for me but I decided to battle on. The flight gives you incredible views of the Himalayas before you touch down at Lukla Airport, one of the most famous and scariest airports in the world. The landing strip is on a downwards slope and gives passengers a heart-in-mouth moment on take-off and landing.

After landing, we had a quick coffee and look around Lukla before making the short and relatively flat trek through the villages and forest to reach Phak Ding. Day one is a short trek but you have made your way up pretty high even just by landing at Lukla Airport so it is not a bad idea to take the first day easy, given that your biggest battle on this trek will be the altitude, not the distance or speed.

Day Two for me was actually a day of recovery in Phak Ding where I spent the entire day sick in the guesthouse. There is usually one day scheduled on your itinerary for sickness or rest day so I had used mine early!

Day three was a tough day as I was still recovering but we made the climb up to Namche, which is a winding climb through the forest and out above the tree line. Namche Bazaar is located at an altitude of 3450m inside the Sagarmatha national park, a UNESCO world heritage site and it is actually known as the last frontier for trekkers and climbers before the trek to Everest Base Camp starts to get serious.

Day Four & Five: Namche to Tengboche to Dingboche

Day four is a big day of climbing. Namche Bazaar is 3,440 meters and Tengboche is 3,860 meters but the constant undulation on the trail means you will climb almost 900 meters of incline throughout the day.

The day begins by following the valley wall as you get some great views of the Everest mountain range out in front. The path then heads down into the valley floor as you lose a lot of elevation. However, you will then cross over the river and gain all the elevation back as you approach Tengboche where you will stay for the night.

Expect to have views of the mighty mountain Ama Dablam as well as Lhotse, Nupste, and even the peak of Mount Everest. Interestingly this will be one of the best views you have of Mount Everest until you reach Kala Patthar in a few days’ time.

On day five of the Everest Base Camp trek, you say goodbye to the village of Tengboche and head towards Dingboche. It is a stunninng day as you voyage through the valley as the glacier river flows down below while snow-capped peaks loom in the distance. Along the trek, you will stop for tea in the village of Pangboche with lots of views of Ama Dablam mountain .

The elevation gain on day five is 700 meters and the entire journey will take about 5-6 hours at a moderate pace. Dingboche is 4,400 meters above sea level so it’s common to start to have a couple of symptoms of altitude sickness at this stage of the trek.

When you leave Tengboche, you begin a descent into the beautiful forest and can enjoy the shade as you pass through the village of Deboche. After you pass through Deboche, the trail gains some elevation and you will cross a suspension bridge, which guides you to the left side of the valley. Ama Dablam is still in view as you navigate the steep sections of the incline.

Day Six & Seven: Chuukhung Ri Acclimitization and Dingboche to Lobuche

Day six was an acclimatization day up to Chukhung Ri viewpoint, which was actually one of my favorite days. Because we would stay a second night in Dingboche, we left our bags in the tea house and did the climb up and down Chukhung Ri to help our bodies adjust to the altitude. The idea is to hike high and sleep low, which helps the body adapt.

Chukhung Ri is actually at 5500 meters, which is more than 1000 meters above Dingboche. This is a steep climb and you don’t need to go all the way to the summit. However, with spectacular views, isolation from other hikers, and a good chance to help your body adapt to the altitude, it’s a great day excursion with incredible scenery.

On day seven of the Everest Base Camp trek, we hiked from Dingboche to Lobuche, which is actually the second-highest village on the entire trail. Today is also the first time we will see the Khumba Glacier, which is one of the highlights of the trip.

The total elevation change for day seven is 500 meters in altitude but you will climb 600m in total for the day taking into account a few downhill sections on the trail. It’s a shorter day taking just four hours to reach Lobuche from Dingboche.

Day Eight: Lobuche to Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp

On day eight of the Everest Base Camp trek, it is finally time to reach Everest Base Camp. From Lobuche your first trek to Gorak Shep, which is the highest village you sleep at throughout the trek.

Gorak Shep is a small village, and it’s the closest to Everest Base Camp is also the closest village to Everest Base Camp. Basically, you will trek to Gorak Shep, have an early lunch, and drop off your bag before doing the round-trip trek to explore Everest Base Camp. Then you will return to Gorak Shep where you will stay the night before heading to the nearby Kala Patthar in the morning.

The journey from Lobuche to Gorak Shep is along a rocky path, which slowly gains elevation as you walk next to the Khumbu Glacier. From Gorak Shep to Base camp, you will reach an altitude of 5,364m, which won’t be the highest on the trek as you will go higher the next morning at Kala Patthar.

When you leave Gorak Shep you walk next to the Khumbu Glacier with the Everest Mountain Range looming behind. The glacier is covered in dust and rocks due to the sediments, which have been falling from the surrounding peaks over the last years.

The trail continues alongside the glacier until you reach Everest Base Camp. It’s interesting because you actually can’t see Mount Everest from the base camp, which surprised me but the surrounding peaks are still very impressive and dramatic. Depending on if you come during the climbing season or off-season will alter how the base camp looks. I visited in the low season so there were no tents set up and it was pretty barren.

The trail continues past some Sherpa prayer flags as the rocky terrain leads you towards the famous Everest Base Camp rock, which is covered in hundreds of prayer flags. We’ve made it!

Day Nine: Kala Patthar

The highlight of the Everest Base Camp trek was the climb up to Kalapathar (also spelled out as Kala Patthar). It’s a 5,540-meter peak, which looms over the small village of Gorak Shep where you have just spent the night. It’s worth the freezing wake-up call in the morning as it is one of the best spots in Sagarmatha National Park to take in the views of Mount Everest.

It’s only a 3-kilometer round-trip trek from Gorak Shep with 300 meters of incline but at such high altitude, it can be quite difficult. I suggest starting 1.5-2 hours before sunrise so you are at the summit when the morning glow begins. After enjoying the sunrise with epic views of the cloud-filled valley and Mount Everest, we began the trek back down to Lukla.

It would take us another two days to reach Lukla, which is less than normal but going down is much easier.

Day Ten & Eleven: Heading back down

Heading back down is now at the pace of your choosing. We were keen to get back to Kathmandu so we took just two days to head back down the mountain. With altitude sickness no longer an issue, you can really make some good time.

If you are ahead of schedule you can keep going to the next village as there are no pre-made bookings. Heading down is a great feeling as you have accomplished reaching the base camp and you can now just breathe in the mountain air and enjoy the descent.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK: THE ULTIMATE GUIDE

In this section of the blog post, I will share with you the logistics and everything you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp.

HOW TO TREK TO EVEREST BASE CAMP

You have a few different options depending on your experience and requirements:

Book a package through an agency to join a tour group
Do the trek independently (not with an agency) but still hire a guide and/or porter
Do the Everest Base Camp Trek entirely independently

If you are alone and don’t want to do the trek independently then it is a great idea to join a group. There are lots of free time and chill moments at the teahouses to play cards and chat with your group.

Doing it entirely independently means you are in charge of all the logistics and it can be quite stressful if you aren’t experienced at managing all flights, maps, costs, negotiations, food, language barriers, first-aid and more.

BOOKING AN EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK IN ADVANCE

These are the most popular routes and are organized by the top tour companies who have a global reputation.

I highly recommend booking with Himalayan Masters which is one of the top trekking companies when it comes to the Everest Base Camp Trek. I’ve trekked many different routes in Nepal with them and I’m a big fan of their attention to detail.

CHOOSING THE RIGHT TOUR AND A GUIDE

Trekking to Everest Base Camp can be done without a guide although I suggest hiring one. Here are 3 reasons why:

Directions : The route isn’t incredibly hard to follow but there are many twists and turns I would have missed had I not had a guide. The route is available on many maps and map applications but it isn’t a clear trail throughout and some previous experience following a trail in a foreign country would be necessary.
A guide is relatively cheap to hire : Included in your trekking package will be a qualified guide. However, in your package is also meals, accommodation, flights, etc. The guide him or herself will only cost $10-15 per day.
When things go wrong : My guide helped me through food poisoning, altitude sickness and was as much a nurse as a guide. I rarely get sick at normal heights but altitude sickness is uncontrollable. I am pretty fit and it still smashed me hard. You can go it alone and be fine but it’s comforting to have a guide there when you come into trouble, especially with altitude sickness. My guide had seen it all before so his calm made me feel better about feeling sick for four days straight.

If you think you will get a guide like the majority of people on the Everest Base Camp, you have a lot of options and things to consider. Pictured below is my guide, Lapsang, who was a legend and someone who became a good friend. When I left Nepal he waited at the bus stop for two hours with me and gave me a Nepali scarf as a gift.

Trekking to everest base camp,Everest base camp trek cost, everest base camp 2017, everest base camp trek blog, everest base camp trek best time of year, mt everest base camp trek, everest base camp trek difficulty, everest base camp blog, everest base camp temperature, everest base camp reviews, everest base camp difficulty, everest base camp trek blog, base camp nepal, everest base camp trek itinerary, everest base camp blog, everest base camp trek packing list, how difficult is everest base camp, everest base camp trek best time of year, everest base camp packing list, best time to visit everest base camp, everest base camp distance, how difficult is everest base camp trek

I suggest going with a small group of friends. We saw a few big groups and it looked like a Contiki tour compared to the experience I had with just myself and my guide. Only get a porter if you really need it. You should be able to carry your bag for 4-5 hours of trekking each day.

My guide, Lapsang Tamang, had done the trek multiple times as a porter and now many times a guide. He said he has lost count but somewhere over 20 times, he has been hiking the Everest Base Camp Trek. The best thing to do is to contact my guide and arrange to meet him first in Kathmandu so you can chat and decide if you want to go ahead. You will be together for 12 days after all!

You can directly contact my guide Lapsang by emailing him here: [email protected]

Lapsang is an awesome guy and I had too many chai tea hangouts with him before and after the trip. Lapsang and I became friends during the trip and afterward, we went bungee jumping, cooked Dal Bhat at his apartment, and visited Swayambunath Temple.

EVEREST BASE CAMP PACKING LIST

I had no winter clothes or even trekking shoes before getting to Kathmandu and bought it all for under $200 brand new (Likely fake North Face). But just as a guide you can get all the gear new for under $200. Bargaining/second hand etc. may help you get it a bit cheaper but this was one time I didn’t want to be so tight with money then freeze my ass off later on top of a mountain.

Keep in mind you won’t be doing any washing. Clothes that dry quickly and are lightweight are key. I showered once… Here is a list of what I took:

2 pairs of pants that rip off into shorts ($15 each in Kathmandu) (Super Safari style but actually handy in this situation.)
2 long sleeve quick-dry material shirts ($10 each in Kathmandu)
5 Pairs of Thermal North Face socks ($2-3 per pair in Kathmandu)
1 Fleece pants and sweater. ($25 for top and bottom in Kathmandu)
1 Thermal Lycra long sleeve and pants ($20 in Kathmandu)
5-6 pairs of quick-dry underwear
1 huge waterproof down jacket (Rented for $1 a day in Kathmandu)
Beanie ($1 in Kathmandu)
Neck Buff ($2 in Kathmandu)
Gloves ($5 in Kathmandu)
Water Purification pills and 1L bottle
Camera gear and electronics (Not necessary but up to you. Obviously I carried a lot)

All of this should fit into a backpack no bigger than 50L and be less than 15kg. I used my 60L backpacking bag because I didn’t want to buy a new bag for a two-week trek. It worked out fine and weighed about 13kg including all of my lenses, chargers, and power banks.

What are my favorite pieces of trekking gear?

There are six pieces of gear that I simply never forget when I go trekking. These are five items that I using right now and this list gets updated every year! Here are my trekking essentials.

Arcteryx BETA AR Rain Jacket : This is my go-to rain jacket. It’s super light, folds down into a tiny ball, and protects brilliantly in a storm. This one never leaves my backpack.
Salomon X Ultra 3 Mid GTX Hiking Boots : For the best ankle support, waterproofing, and durable exterior I’m a fan of tough but light hiking boots like these Salomons for my adventures.
Black Diamond Head Torch : I can’t tell you how many times, I’ve arrived back from a hike unexpectedly late. I always keep this lightweight but strong headtorch in my bag for the unexpected.
Darn Tough Socks : These are the most comfortable hiking socks I’ve ever worn and last for years. They also have a lifetime warranty and you just send them in with a hole and they replace it no questions asked.
Osprey Atmos AG 65L Backpack : I’ve never had a more comfortable 65L pack than this one. I got it in the Navy Blue and have trekked with it through many a mountain.
Bl ack Diamond Trekking Poles : They might feel weird at first, but on a long trek with incline and decline you’ll begin to love these.
Grayl GeoPress Water Filter Bottle : I’ve used this for three years. It filters your water with one press and you can drink directly from it. Never buy a plastic water bottle again!

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK COST

I paid $900 USD for my package all the way back in 2016 but you can expect to pay anywhere from $1400 to $2500 these days.

What’s included in the package for trekking to Everest Base Camp:

Taxi from Thamel to Kathmandu Airport
Flights from Kathmandu Airport to Lukla Airport
Flights from Lukla Airport to Kathmandu Airport (Regular price $320 round trip)
Breakfast, lunch, and dinner from the guesthouses you are staying at. I could pick anything on the menu, which had western options or Nepali options. You can eat pancakes, pizza, and burgers or you can go for the 24-hr Nepali Power Dal Bhat. I could also choose any hot drink with each meal.
Your guide throughout the trip.

What’s not included:

Water. You can buy bottled water like me if you are playing it safe. It is $1 per bottle at a lower elevation and $3 per bottle at the highest elevation. Or lots of people use purification tablets and they seemed to be fine.
Electricity

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK: WIFI/ELECTRICITY AVAILABILITY.

Wifi: Costs anywhere from $3 to $10 to use wifi at the guesthouses. Buy a Ncell Sim before you go. Ncell works at 50% of the guesthouses. Electricity: You will have to pay anywhere from $2 at low elevation to $8 at high elevation to charge your power banks, cameras, and phones. The key is to get a fat power bank. Pay to charge that then charge everything from your power bank. My power bank lets me charge my phone and four camera batteries before it would be done.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK: BEST TIME OF YEAR

This is an interesting question. Do you want snow, reliable weather or to get away from crazy crowds?

February to May – Peak season, clear bright days, very busy trails, lots of people attempting Everest ascent June to August – Monsoon season, no crowds and empty guesthouses September to October – Most stable and clear weather, trails are quite busy November to January – Coldest period, can reach -25, some routes closed

I trekked in the first week of June and was lucky to escape the rain. I didn’t get wet once. Normally it rained in the afternoon or at night if at all but we trekked in the morning and usually only heard the rain as we slept. The trails were open and some days we didn’t even see anyone.

My guide showed me a photo of Namche on a busy morning and I couldn’t believe it. The path looked like the start of a marathon. After seeing that I was so glad to have gone in the off-season.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK TEMPERATURE

During June when I trekked it was sunny in the days and I actually wore shorts every day. However as I mentioned above about when the best time to be trekking to Everest Base Camp is, it can get very cold at high elevations during November to January (-20 to-30)

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DIFFICULTY

Trekking to Everest Base Camp takes some serious effort. But do you need to be in great shape to complete the journey? The simple answer is NO.

You can go at a slow pace, your own pace, and still make it to Everest Base Camp. In fact, going slow will help you to acclimatize better. I am all about speed but this is not a race. Some days we only trekked for just over three hours but we gained 500m in altitude so we rested for a day and then went again in the morning.

Having said all of that you should be able to walk 10-15 km in a day. Be able to walk up intense inclines for at least an hour. Be able to carry a bag while doing all of this unless you plan to hire a porter.

It’s hard to measure if you are ready. It isn’t like a marathon or anything else you have ever done most probably. I didn’t train at all and was fine. I’m in pretty good shape and played sport my whole life. There were people on the trail who were overweight and going incredibly slow but they were right there with us at base camp to celebrate the achievement.

EVEREST BASE CAMP ALTITUDE

The base camp is 17,600 ft or 5,380m. However, you will probably also trek to Kala Patthar, which looks over the base camp. Kala Patthara is 5,644m high.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DISTANCE

The distance from Lukla the first town to Everest Base Camp is 38.58 miles or 62 kilometers. Most people take 8-9 days trekking to Everest Base Camp and 3-4 days trekking back to Lukla. It took 8 days to trek to Base camp and two days to trek out.

EVEREST BASE CAMP ITINERARY

Your itinerary will vary depending on your speed and your guide. However, most people follow a somewhat similar trail and timeline. This was my timeline. Note that I spent one extra day in Phak Ding due to sickness. Most people spend that extra day in Namche.

Day 1. Kathmandu flight to Lukla Lukla to Phak Ding (3-4 hrs)
Day 2. Phak Ding rest day (sickness)
Day 3. Phak Ding to Namche (5 hrs)
Day 4. Namche to Tenboche (4 hrs)
Day 5. Tenboche to Dinboche (3 hrs)
Day 6. Dinboche to Chukhung Ri (2.5 hrs) Chukhung Ri back to Dinboche (1.5 hrs) (Acclimatization day)
Day 7. Dinboche to Lobuche (3 hrs)
Day 8. Lobuche to Gorak Shep (2 hrs) Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp (1.5 hrs) Everest Base Camp to Gorak Shep (1.5 hrs)
Day 9. Gorak Shep to Kala Patthara (2 hrs) Kala Patthara to Gorak Shep (1 hr) Gorak Shep to Tenboche (7hrs)
Day 10. Tenboche to Lukla (8 hrs)

I hope you enjoyed my guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek and you have a great adventure.

HAVE YOU READ MY OTHER NEPAL BLOGS?

I’ve been lucky enough to have many awesome adventures in Nepal, which you can check out below where I’ve listed some of my favorite blog poss from Nepal.

The Most Iconic route: Everest Base Camp Trek
The Most Scenic Route: Annapurna Circuit Trek
My Favorite Trek in Nepal: Manaslu Circuit Trek
An Easy Nepal Trek: Langtang Valley Trek
A great beginner peak: Island Peak Climb (6,165m)
My Favorite Climb in Nepal: Climbing Ama Dablam (6,812m)
My first 8000er: Climbing Manaslu (8,163m)
My toughest climb in Nepal: Climbing Makalu (8,463m)
Where to stay: 16 Best Places to Stay in Kathmandu

a group of people sitting on top of a snow covered mountain

Tuesday 31st of October 2023

Sunday 17th of September 2023

So much informative articles which helps people to trek Everest Base Camp Trek

Inge Winkler

Saturday 3rd of June 2023

Hello, thank you for posting all the great infos, this will be very helpful for us. Could you please update me if the requirement of a Professional Guide is in place now or is there a way around it. Thank you so much in advance. Happy Trails, Inge

Sunday 18th of June 2023

I believe you need a guide now to trek anything above 3000m

Monday 21st of November 2022

Thanks for sharing such an adventurous trip experience with us. I read your blog. It feels like I was personally enjoying this trip.

Friday 12th of August 2022

Hi Jackson,

This was a helpful and informative guide. Kudos!

I had a small suggestion: You could have a small sections box right in the beginning and link each sub-section directly to the relevant content below, for ease of navigation!

Everest Base Camp Trek – Ultimate Guide For 2024

Written By: The Planet D

Adventure Travel , Nepal

Updated On: January 5, 2024

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is different than other treks around the world. Nowhere else on earth will you experience trekking as you do in Nepal and nowhere quite compares to the majesty of the Himalayas. Villages dot the landscape filled with restaurants, markets, bazaars, and tea houses (mini-hotels) where you can stop for lunch, buy supplies, and have a piece of apple pie while surrounded by the highest mountains in the world.

Every hundred meters or so there is a hotel, restaurant, or cluster of buildings making up a small village. The villages are stunning reminding us of something out of the Swiss Alps on steroids. Well-built lodges and brick homes line the trail with the magnificent setting of the Himalayas draped in the back.

about dave and deb at everest base camp trek

Table of Contents

Trekking to Everest Base Camp

What is it like trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal? The EBC Trek is life-changing, it’s exhilarating, and it is challenging. We share everything you need to know from planning your trek to Everest to packing for your trip. This guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek breaks down each day. So sit back and take a journey with us through Nepal’s legendary Sagarmatha National Park.

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

On the map, the Everest Base Camp trekking route distances look fairly easy to hike from village to village through the Khumbu Valley. Eight days may seem like it would be more than enough time to cover a mere 63 km (39 miles) one way, (128 km return) but with several sustained days in a row above 4000 meters (13,000 feet), the walk is slow and steady.

It is important not to push too fast to avoid altitude sickness which is a very real possibility. When trekking to Everest base camp, expect to hike anywhere from 7 – 17 km (4.5 – 10 miles) per day with the entire trek taking 12 – 14 days.

Hiring a Guide for the EBC Trek – Mandatory

In April 1, 2023, Nepal has banned solo trekking. Foreigners must hire a guide for treks in high-altitude trekking regions of national parks. According to the Kathmandu Post in March “ solo or independent trekkers have to mandatorily hire a guide or a porter before setting off to Nepal’s mountains.” However, after an updated article in the Kathmandu Post, it seems that the Everest Region is an exception. Before booking, we would check with local companies and authorities as rules are constantly changing.

Book Locally

Many people book ahead of time with a tour company located outside of Nepal such as Intrepid Travel or GAdventures, but we hired locally and it saved a lot of money.

Plus, you know your money is going directly to the local economy and you have a more intimate experience by trekking with a local guide. We spent a couple of days in Kathmandu looking for a guide to Everest and found Simrik Real Nepa l owned by Kathmandu resident Dipendra Simkhada.

Dipendra planned the entire trip for us, and all we had to do was wait for him to pick us up at our guesthouse in Kathmandu to take us to the airport to board our Tara Air flight to Lukla Airport. Book your Trek to Everest Base Camp with Simrik Real Nepal – A Locally owned and operated tour company, Simrik is located in Kathmandu.

Kathmandu – The Hub of Nepal Treks

everest base camp trek flight from kathmandu

We spent a few days in Kathmandu picking up supplies and doing some sightseeing before trekking to Everest. We suggest not spending too long here as it can be very polluted in Kathmandu and by the time we were ready to trek, I was already quite congested.

Our recommendation is when you arrive in Kathmandu, only spend two to three days to get yourself organized and instead do your sightseeing at the end of your trek. Read more: Top Places to visit in Kathmandu, Nepal

Day 1: Fly from Lukla Trek to Pakhding

Flights to Lukla no longer leave from Tribhuvan International Airport (Kathmandu Airport) in Kathmandu due to congestion. Flights are now out of Ramechap airport which is a 4 1/2 hour drive from Kathmandu. You can book private helicopters from Tribhuvan International Airport.

The flight from Ramechap airport is much shorter than the flight from Tribhuvan International Airport. Flights to Lukla are only 12 minutes so more flights can get through when the weather is clear making flights less likely to be canceled or delayed for too long.

The flight to Lukla is a scary flight and is considered one of the most dangerous in the world. We flew from Kathmandu but flights now are much shorter from Ramechap. I think I would like it better as we sat at the front of the plane and saw the pilot’s instruments constantly flash “ obstacle ahead. ” It looked as if we were about to crash into a mountain at any time. Read all about our flight to Lukla and watch the video here

Watch Us Fly to Lukla Airport

everest base camp trek flight to lukla airport

The Lukla airstrip at Lukla Airpot is a short landing strip at only 525 meters (1,729 feet long.) Built on the side of a mountain it is also a very steep grade that is needed to slow the planes down quickly. Needless to say, we held our breath during the landing.

We survived that flight, but it was the flight back to Kathmandu I was nervous about. Taking off on that short of a runway was a hair-raising experience. One false move and we’d drop thousands of feet into the valley below. Lukla Airport is actually called Tenzing Hillary Airport named after the first two men to summit Mount Everest.

Hiking from Lukla to Pakding

Everest Base Camp Trek Hiking to Pakding

The trek begins officially in Lukla. Lukla is a busy town with plenty of accommodation, shops, and eateries. If you forgot anything for your EBC trek, you can pick up supplies in a pinch. But we suggest purchasing all your gear in Kathmandu. It is much cheaper.

From Lukla, we immediately started our Everest Base Camp hike. After a quick snack and a cup of tea in Lukla, we set off on an easy three-hour trek along trekking trails that were easy to follow weaving through villages, crossing rivers, and stumbling over stony paths.

Entering Sagarmatha National Park

Everest Base Camp Trek Sagarmatha National Park

A permit is needed to hike to Everest Base Camp as it is located in Sagarmatha National Park. We checked in with the national park headquarters and Dipendra took care of everything. He had all our paperwork in order so all we had to do was start walking through the beautiful Khumbu Valley to make our way to Everest base camp.

Sagarmatha National Park has been a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1976. At 1148 square km (443 square miles) in area, it is one of the most beautiful places we have ever visited.

We felt giddy stepping through the welcome gates located just outside of Lukla. This was it, we were following in the footsteps of the great adventurers of our time. It was awe-inspiring to hike through the Khumbu region surrounded by the Himalayas.

As we hiked out of Lukla, Dipendra pointed out the surrounding jagged white peaks named Kwangde, Mumbu, and Kishumkongara. At 6000+ meters, (19,000+ feet) these are the “little guys” of the world’s highest mountain range. It wouldn’t be long until we were among the famous 8000-meter (26,000 feet) peaks.

Our first day was filled with a relaxing walk while learning about the Khumbu region. It was quite early in the day, so we had plenty of time to take our time to learn about the customs of climbing and learn the names of the mountains found in this beautiful region of Nepal.

For the rest of the day, we followed the Dudh Koshi River Valley at a steady but leisurely pace to the village of Pakding. Temperatures were warm and the first day of trekking was comfortable. Lukla to Pakding actually has an elevation loss, so it is a good introduction to hiking through the region as we had a lot of downhill trekking.

After about 5 hours, we came to our first night on the trek where we spent the night in a comfortable teahouse in the village of Phakding.

Our First Night on the EBC Trek

The accommodation in Pakding was a quaint little hotel/teahouse that looked like a cottage. The wood-burning stove smelled delicious as it warmed the restaurant while they prepared our meals.

Our porter “Sher” carried all our supplies including the sleeping bags that we borrowed from our trekking company. We each rented a sleeping bag that was included in the price of our EBC trek. The beds were comfortable and Dave and I had private rooms. Some tours use dorm rooms but we had private rooms. Toilets were shared, but everything was clean and comfortable. The rooms were clean and we slept like rocks snuggled up in our thick down sleeping bags.

Heated Lodges – Teahouses on the EBC Trek

During the EBC Trek, you don’t stay in tents. You stay in charming teahouses with cozy beds, wood-burning stoves, and fully stocked restaurants that serve dinner.

The teahouses are a welcoming sight after a long day of trekking helping to make the trek to Everest one of the most memorable experiences of our lives. If you are planning to trek to Everest Base Camp in Nepal, read on for all the information you’ll need to help you prepare.

The main lodges of each teahouse we stayed in during the first half of our EBC trek were cozy and warm. At the lower elevations, woodstoves burned wood in the dining room and common areas and our rooms were a comfortable temperature with heating as we were wrapped up in our sleeping bags. We ate hearty meals of pasta and meat and enjoyed a relaxing night soaking in the amazing day we just had on the mountain.

From Lukla – Elevation 2869 meters (9,350 feet)
To Pakding – Elevation 2610 meters ( 8563 Feet)
Length – 7.7 km (4.78 miles)
Elevation loss – 79 meters (259 feet)
Duration – 3 Hours

Day 2 – Pakding to Namche Bazaar

On day two, we checked in at another gate of the Mt. Everest park headquarters to show our documentation. We had to show our passports and give them extra passport photos to go into the log. (So make sure you have extra passport photos with you) Once we signed in, we were officially in the Khumbu region and officially on our way trekking to Everest Base Camp.

We covered a lot of terrain on day two making it the longest day of the Everest Base Camp trek. The trail up the mountains was steep and challenging but it was a memorable day.

Day two of the EBC trek was a hike of almost 10km (6.2 miles) with an elevation gain of 800 meters (2624 feet). But throughout the hike, there was a lot of elevation loss mixed in so it felt like a lot more.

We would lose elevation as we descended into the valley only to have to climb back up again to a higher elevation. Today was a lot of fun though because we crossed several suspension bridges over Dudh Kosi River Valley.

Suspension Bridges on the way to Everest

everest base camp trek suspension bridges

If you have a fear of heights, crossing suspension bridges may not be your favorite moment, but the suspension bridges while trekking to Everest Base Camp are well constructed, made of steel, and in excellent condition.

I was nervous about the suspension bridges. The Lonely Planet Guide said, “ Grit your teeth and climb onto a drooping suspension bridge floating at a dizzying height .” That sentence freaked me out.

Everest Base Camp Trek Day 2 Suspension Bridges

I had built the suspension bridges of the EBC trek in my head as something monstrous. But by the time we reached the first bridge, I wondered what all the fuss was about. Once I crossed my first bridge, my confidence was up and I was ready for anything the Everest trek was ready to throw at me.

Donkey Trains

Today we also started to see a lot of donkeys, cows, and goats taking supplies to the villages. Traffic can get very heavy on the Everest Base Camp hike. When animal trains go by, make sure to get out of their way and stay to the side.

They are loaded down with heavy gear and they have a mission to keep on walking until they are done. They can easily nudge you right off the side of a cliff as no matter what is in their way, they just keep walking.

The trail is a highway, but instead of transport trucks or trains carrying cargo, people and farm animals carry everything from lumber and building supplies to food and kitchen appliances.

Safety Tips on the Everest Base Camp Trek for yaks and donkeys

Important Tip: When a yak, donkey, or cow train passes you during the EBC trek, be sure to stand on the mountainside of the trail so they can’t push you over the edge !
It is better to be squished into a mountainside than to go tumbling over the edge!

Final Stretch to Namche Bazaar

Right after crossing the last bridge, the hardest part of day two of trekking to Everest base camp started The last push of the day consisted of 2-hours straight uphill to Namche Bazar.

We were drenched with sweat but the air was cool. Whenever we stopped for a break, we would get a chill so we just kept on chugging away.

Large tour groups passed us quickly, only to be caught a few minutes later as they rested. We realize that we were the tortoise and they were the hare! Slow and steady is the way to climb at high altitudes and in the end, we made it to Namche Bazaar with plenty of time to spare in the day.

Arrival to Namche Bazaar

We checked into the security post and cringed when we found out that our lodge was an uphill walk for another 20 minutes. Rest had to wait a bit longer.

When we arrived at our accommodation, we were thrilled to see our porter Sher’s smiling face. He had already checked us in and put our bag in our room. We immediately went for a nap and then did a little walking around town in the evening to do some shopping and grab a bite to eat before turning in for an early night.

There are plenty of shops and restaurants at Namche Bazaar, this town is bustling and we spent two nights of our EBC Trek here which was awesome.

Pakding – Elevation 2610 meters ( 8563 Feet) Namche Bazaar – 3440 meters (11,286 feet) Elevation Gain – 830 meters (2723 feet) Distance – 10km (6.2 Miles) Duration – 6 hours

Day 3 – Acclimatization Day at Namche Bazaar

We had two glorious days at Namche Bazaar. Dipendra chose great accommodation for us throughout our EBC trek and we had a good rest in this splendid teahouse where we enjoyed delicious pasta, meats, and of course dhal baht. We spent the morning enjoying coffee and doing a bit of shopping.

What to do in Namche Bazaar

Everest Base Camp Trek Day 3 Shopping Namche Bazar

We explored Namche Bazaar and checked out its many shops. The streets are packed with shopping stalls and markets. We searched for gear that we missed getting in Kathmandu and got some great deals. We were surprised the prices weren’t inflated at Namche Bazaar.

We bought some down booties to keep our feet warm at night, a couple of sherpa hats, and a warmer set of gloves. The Everest Bakery was a highlight with delicious apple pie, fresh coffee, and WiFi. We had two pieces each!

Everest Base Camp Trek Namche Bazar Gifts

But we took it very easy, making sure to stay hydrated and to eat enough food to stave off altitude sickness. Namche Bazaar is located at a high altitude of 3440 meters (11,286 feet). We already saw a woman suffering from altitude sickness. She was having her blood pressure taken and heart rate monitored and when she got up, she was staggering as she leaned on her guide.

Her Everest base camp trek had already come to an abrupt end. It reminded us to relax because the days ahead were going to be tough. So we went back to our teahouse to relax and prepare for the rest of our journey

The Acclimatization Hike for EBC Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek Acclimatization Hike Day 3

Most high-altitude treks have at least one acclimation day . The Everest Base Camp trek is no exception. An acclimatization day consists of hiking to a higher altitude and then coming back down to sleep at a lower elevation. It gives your body a chance to adjust to the altitude but you don’t stay for long.

As you will be constantly gaining altitude on the Everest Trek, it is good to have at least one day to climb higher and sleep lower to help prevent altitude sickness.

Our acclimation hike took us to the Everest View Hotel. With an elevation gain of only 400 meters, it wasn’t too much higher than our hotel in Namche Bazaar, but it is enough to help acclimate to the high altitudes. Everest View Hotel offers amazing views of Mount Everest (hence the name). Plus it holds the Guinness book of world records as the highest hotel in the world.

It is not an easy day off though. Just walking through town takes your breath away. As we made our way up the steps, I wondered if I should have just stayed in bed and skipped the viewpoint to relax. When we started the climb I was breathing heavily just walking up a few flights of steps. We hadn’t even left Namche Bazaar and I was pooped!

Once we got on the trail, things became easier. The steep grade gave way to a sloping trail and I started to feel better. After one and a half hours of climbing, we reached what has to be the world’s highest airstrip at 3700 meters (12,139 feet). We arrive just in time to see a small plane take off.

First Views of Mt. Everest

It was here that we got to see our first breathtaking views of Mt. Everest and the surrounding mountains. We hiked a bit farther and there it was, standing quietly behind the other highest peaks of the earth.

Lhotse, Changri, Ama Dablam, and Nuptse surround the mighty Mount Everest, the world’s highest peak. At 8414m (27,604 feet), 6027m (19,773 feet), and 7861m (25,790 feet) they are the little sisters of this sacred mountain. Mount Everest stands at 8848 meters (27,716 feet).

The deep Khumbu valley views were magnificent. The river wove far below, carving through the panorama of the white mountain tops. We walked a narrow trail snaking along the side of a steep mountain and suddenly realize “this trek has become real.” We were high in the Himalayas and one false move could mean catastrophe falling into the abyss below.

The sky was a deep blue and the white summits reached toward the billowing clouds. The view was so awe-inspiring it brought me to tears. Everything was so crisp and clear. During the EBC trek, you feel as if you could reach out and touch heaven.

The clouds rolled in quickly so it was time to go. The weather conditions change quickly on the Everest base camp hike, so it is good to have the experience of a guide leading us through all terrain and conditions. We went back to Namche Bazaar to relax and gain strength for the rest of the trek.

Namche Bazaar – Elevation – 3440 meters. (11246 feet) Everest View Hotel – 3880 meters (12,730 ft.) Elevation – Bounce of 440 meters (1443 feet) Duration – 3 hours return Elevation Gain – 0 km

Day 4 – Namche Bazaar to Tengboche

everest base camp trek namche bazaar to tenboche

We awoke earlier than usual on Day 4. Two large group treks (Intrepid Travel and G Adventures) had checked into our lodge and we didn’t want to have to compete for service or breakfast. We also didn’t want to have to wait in line for the bathroom.

Lodges become more and more sparse as you go higher on the Everest Base Camp Trek and fewer toilets are shared between more people. Up until now, we hadn’t encountered crowds of people. It had been pretty quiet on the mountain and we liked it that way.

Luckily, we were a day ahead of the other tours. They had to stay in Namche Bazaar for another day to acclimate to the high altitudes, So we moved on to enjoy our EBC Trek free from crowds of people – for now.

Tenzing Norgay Memorial Stupa

During day 4 of the EBC trek, we hiked along trails clinging to the side of the mountain. The narrow trekking trails along this route were a little scary. They wound along the edge of the cliff with nothing but a sheer drop to the abyss into the Khumbu Valley. But we kept our wits about us putting one foot ahead of the other until we reached the Sherpa Monument.

Tenzing Norgay Sherpa monument was erected by the Norgay family. It is a stupa honoring Tenzing Norgay Sherpa and all the Sherpas that risked their lives to help climbers reach the summit of Mt. Everest.

All treks pass this monument and it is an important stop on the journey to pay respect to the famous Sherpa of the Everest region. In case you don’t know, Tenzing Norgay Sherpa was the first man to summit Everest along with Sir Edmund Hillary.

What is a Sherpa?

Sherpas are the unsung heroes of Mt. Everest. They do all of the hard work and technical work on the mountain. They carry the heavy loads, set the ladders and ropes to cross the Hillary Step and Khumbu Icefield for mountain climbers, and they take care of setting up camp while climbers and trekkers catch their breath and try to survive life on the world’s highest peak.

Difference Between a Sherpa and a Porter

everest base camp trek Sherpas with load

Sherpas and porters are very different from one another. We learned that a Sherpa is actually the name of an ethnic group from Tibet. The original mountaineers hired Sherpas as their guides in the Himalayas and the world has now adopted the name for porters in the Everest region. If you aren’t born into the Sherpa ethnic group, you cannot be called a Sherpa. Porters are porters and Sherpas are Sherpas.

We were told that some porters, especially commercial porters carry up to 60kg (150 pounds) of supplies and gear to businesses located along the EBC trek. That is a lot of weight and we were very surprised. When climbing Mount Kilimanjaro , porters had a mandatory weight limit of 35kg. (77 pounds).

Dipendra told us that they get paid per kilo so some people push it too far. The Nepalese are a strong bunch but this is a lot to carry at such a high altitude no matter what shape you are in.

We kept our pack as light as possible at around 22kg (48 pounds) for Sher and we even felt bad about that! We have heard there is a 30kg (66lb) limit for Everest, but judging by what we saw other porters carrying on the Everest Base Camp hike, people were pushing it well beyond that.

We saw men carrying stacks of plywood with heavy white sacks loaded on top. We saw men carrying propane tanks, doors, and huge packs. What could people possibly need on the EBC Trek that they packed their packs so full? Read more: Packing List for Everest Base Camp Trek

Approaching Tengboche

Everest Base Camp Trek Day 4 Approaching Tegboche

The final push of our EBC Trek day 4 was to Tengboche Monastery. It was a tough yet steady 2-hour steep climb. We are now gaining altitude climbing above the tree line. We put our heads down and huffed and puffed our way up. We didn’t stop for any photos or videos and were surprised to cut the climb down to just one and a half hours.

We reached the prayer wheels of Tengboche Monastery just in time for light snow to start falling. We made it into our camp at Tengboche by 1:30 pm and had the entire afternoon to ourselves at 3900 meters (12795 feet). This is an excellent place on the Everest Base Camp hike to have some extra time to relax as there are a few special things to see and do.

Tengboche Monastery

We warmed our feet with our new down booties that we bought at Namche Bazaar and changed into some dryer clothes before heading off to see the monks chant at Tengboche Monastery. Our guide Dipendra told us that this is the most important monastery in the region. All climbers summiting the mountains stop at this monastery to be blessed by the monks.

We were allowed to watch the ceremony and to take in the warmth and blessings from the monks. It is a sacred place and all climbers and trekkers stop here before continuing up the mountains.

Everest Base Camp Trek footprints of Lama Pagna Dorje

The footprints of Lama Pagna Dorje from the 16th century are embedded in solid stone in front of the monastery. A place where he mediated and raced through the Himalayas riding the wind with his mind.

Apparently, he sat on this stone for so long, his feet left their mark. He spent years traveling the world through the power of his mind and we believe the story. Especially after our yoga experience in Goa India. He predicted that a monastery would be built here and surprise surprise…here it is.

The View from Tengboche Monastery

The view is magnificent from Tengboche Monastery. The valley is wide and opens up to massive rolling hills giving way to the highest peaks on earth. Plus it has a clear view of Mt. Everest and the surrounding mountains.

We were told that Sir Edmund Hillary came back to survey the peak of Mount Everest from this spot because the view is so clear of the mountain and we can understand why.

Accommodation – Basic Tea Houses at Higher Altitude

Everest Base Camp Trek Accommodations high altitude

At this high elevation of the EBC trek, accommodation became very basic and rustic. We felt like true adventurers as we sat by the fire warming our feet and bonding with our fellow trekkers over our shared experience by candlelight.

There were 10 of us staying in this teahouse. All are sharing electricity to charge our camera batteries. Meals were now vegetarian and wood stoves were heated by yak dung. At this high altitude, meat cannot be transported fast enough to stay fresh and regular wood is scarce, so yak dung it is.

When we went to bed, our room was freezing. Rooms are not heated at higher elevations. We had our own room, but I sometimes wonder if sleeping in a dorm would have helped with more body heat. The temperature easily dipped down to -10 Celcius (14 degrees Fahrenheit) and our plywood walls didn’t offer a lot of comforts.

We tossed and turned all night long trying to keep our noses warm in our sleeping bags wearing our down jackets, thick socks, and thermal mid-layers.

It was so cold the scoop bucket for the shared squat toilet froze over forming a patch of ice to form on the floor. It was a slippery trip to the outhouse. Sadly, we always have to pee a lot during the night when sleeping at high altitudes so we visited that toilet a lot.

Hot Tip: Pay for hots showers at lower elevations You won’t regret it! We realized that we should have paid the 250 Rupees for the hot showers offered at the accommodation in Namche Bazaar. Now that the weather was so cold there was no way we could face a bucket bath in a freezing shed. Dave and I set a new record in these mountains of Nepal, 9 days without a shower!

Namche Bazaar – Elevation – 3440 meters. (11246 feet) above sea level Tengboche – 3860 meters (12664 feet) Elevation Gain – 420 meters (1378 feet) Distance – 9.3 km (5.77 miles) Duration – 3 hours (without stopping) 5 hours for photos, lunch and rest.

Day 5 – Tengboche to Dingboche

Everest Base Camp Trek Leaving Tengboche

Day 5 of the EBC Trek was freezing! We had an early wake-up call and morning came too quickly on the Tengboche leg of the EBC Trek. But, we awoke to a winter wonderland of fresh snow at the Tengboche Monastery and clear views of Lhotse peak.

The snow from the night before made for more incredible views on the hiking trails. As we started out from the lodge, the sky was crisp and clear, showing Mount Everest in all its glory. It was stunning, and in between gasping for air, we admired the view.

Today we walked to higher altitudes and saw our first trains of wooly yaks. Yaks cannot survive at low altitudes because it is too warm for them, so you don’t see yaks on the Everest Base Camp hike until at least 3000 meters. (9800 feet) They are beautiful.

Yaks on the Trek to Everest Base Camp

Woolly yak trains were more frequent and by day five of the EBC Trek, we had our system perfected to give them the right of way without letting them nudge us off the mountain.

As we said earlier, it is important to give yaks space. They will run you right off the mountain if you are in their way. Be sure to stand on the mountainside as they pass so you don’t get knocked over the edge. The yaks of the Everest Base Camp trek, have only one thing on their mind. To get to their destination.

On this day, signs of expeditions going up to summit Everest started to go by as large groups of yaks carried giant loads of climbing gear. It is exciting to think that we were walking the same route as so many great mountain climbers, like Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa.

The Trek from Tengboche is breathtaking

I conquered what little fear of heights I had left this day. Some of the narrow paths on the route dropped sharply into the deep valley below. Soon we found ourselves walking along the ledge not thinking at all about the dangers below. We hiked for a couple of hours before stopping for tea at a restaurant in Pangboche.

There are shops, teahouses, and restaurants along the route so we could buy lunch along the way and one of the more popular stops is in the village of Pangboche. After a tea stop in Pangboche, we met a sweet lady that walked with us all the way to the village of Dingboche. Her name was Yangshou and she waited for us as we struggled up hills and crossed the suspension bridge over the Imja Khola River.

Her cute laugh and quiet prayers helped to pass the time. She stopped to talk to everyone on the trail while we plugged along. She’d fall far behind when she chatted with friends, only to quickly catch us and then scoot by us with ease. She must have enjoyed our company because we really slowed her down. “ Yangzhou, we will always remember your smiling face!

Everest Base Camp Trek Pengboche to Dingboche

We spent the night in the village of Dingboche and wished that we had another night here. It is from here that you will see beautiful views of Island Peak and Lhotse, but it is also a good spot for another acclimatization day.

Tengboche – 3860 meters (12664 feet) above sea level Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) Elevation Gain – 550 meters (1804 feet) Distance – 10.8 km (6.71 miles) Duration – 3 hours (without stopping) 5 hours for photos, lunch, and rest.

Day 6 – Second Acclimatization Day at Dingboche

everest base camp trek acclimatization day Dingboche

This is a day that most people spend acclimating to the high altitude. We did not do this day, but you should! So we are including it in the guide because it is a very important day when trekking to Everest Base Camp. If we were smarter, we would have spent 2 nights in the village of Dingboche where we would spend a day hiking up to Nagurjun Hill.

This is the best place for climbers looking to summit Everest, Ama Dablam (6812m), Lobuche peak (6,119 m), or Island Peak to do their acclimatization day. Dingboche is a small village in the Khumbu region with only a few guest houses, so it is a good time to relax, replenish and rejuvenate for the next push.

If we had brought our Lonely Planet Trekking in the Nepal Himalayas (which we forgot in Kathmandu and kicked ourselves about it every day) we would have realized that we should have taken an extra day to acclimate in Dingboche.

everest base camp trek acclimatization walk

Dipendra was flexible so he would have easily added another day onto our trek, we just didn’t know any better to ask about it. Lucky for us, we felt strong, but other groups were complaining of headaches and dizziness.

In the end, we wish we spent the extra day here. Some people even spend two days here climbing to the surrounding peaks. We did suffer after reaching base camp and I believe that is because we didn’t spend time acclimatizing here.

Had we stayed, we would have done some light hikes to gain altitude and then come back down to rest at a lower elevation. Many people who are set to climb Island Peak or Kala Patthar stay here for a few days to get some practice climbs in.

Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) above sea level Nangkartshang Peak – Altitude – 5050 meters (16568 feet) Climb – 640 meters (2099 feet) Distance – 10.8 km (6.71 miles) Duration – 4 hours Elevation Gain – 0

Day 7 – Dingboche to Lobuche

Everest Base Camp Trek Dingboche to Lobuche

We walked with fellow trekkers we met at our guesthouse Martin and Richard from Slovakia during the morning hours. They carried their own packs and after watching them struggle, we were happy we hired a porter. (note: As of April 2023, you can no longer trek independently in Nepal) They were really starting to feel the altitude and we eventually left them behind.

We enjoyed our day taking photos of the stunning clear views of the Everest region. It may be a little colder trekking in Nepal at this time of year (Early March), but the skies are clear and blue. When we came across a small cluster of houses, we felt like we had entered the Kingdom of Middle Earth. Little Hobbit houses lined a valley with giant peaks looming overhead.

We had a front-row seat to some of the most breathtaking views on earth. An entire panorama of the mountains standing proudly overhead, reaching up to the deepest blue sky that I have ever witnessed. The scene took our breath away. The mountains looked more imposing with each corner we turned and we could not believe that we were fulfilling our dream of hiking to Everest.

Everest Base Camp Trek Views from Dingboche

We had to knock on the door to see if Bilbo Baggins happened to be in. Sadly, he wasn’t home. I ended up singing Leonard Nimoy’s Ballad of Bilbo Baggin s for the rest of the day. A bad idea since I only know a few words.

Weather Conditions

The wind picked up and we put on our outer layers for the first time. We were thankful to have them as we staggered through the high gusts. Weather varies greatly in the Everest Region and before you know it you can have inclement weather so be prepared with your layers. The sun can be shining one minute and then wind and clouds roll in the next.

After lunch, we faced quite the scramble up a steep hill littered with boulders. It looked like a tough climb, but we moved with ease and quickly made it to the top. Where we found our strength, I do not know.

Sherpa Monuments

At the top of the hill is a very moving sight. Several monuments and stupas are erected, honoring Sherpas and climbers that have lost their lives on Everest. The most notable of these is Babu Chiri Sherpa .

Babu Chiri Sherpa was the former world record holder of the fastest ascent of Everest, the most number of ascents up the mountain, and the quickest back-to-back summits of 2 in less than 2 weeks. He tragically lost his life on his 11th attempt when he fell into a crevasse.

It was a moving experience and a strong reminder to not take things lightly on Everest, even if you are only trekking to Everest Base Camp. It is still a serious trek.

Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) above sea level Lobuche – Altitude – 4940 meters (16207 feet) Elevation Gain – 530 meters (1738 feet) Distance – 17.6 km (10.9 miles) Duration – 4 to 5 hours

Day 8 – Morning – Lobuche to Gorak Shep

Everest Base Camp Trek Lobuche to Gorek Shep

Day 8 on the Everest Base Camp Trek takes you to 5000 meters (16404 feet). How did we feel at 5000 meters? Terrible. Before entering Nepal, I had been suffering for a few weeks in India. The pollution of Kathmandu didn’t help and my congestion was worse when I started the climb. I thought it would clear up in the fresh air, but it intensified with each increase in altitude.

Every morning my cough got worse and my nose was stuffed up to the point of being unbearable. Today, I felt the effects of the congestion and couldn’t catch my breath. It didn’t help that we had gone into such a high altitude. The air is thin and cold.

Dave suffered his first symptoms of altitude sickness when reaching 5000 meters as well. He had a slight case of diarrhea and wasn’t happy about having to wait for the toilet in the teahouses. I think many people were suffering from the same symptoms.

Our was a slow climb to Gorak Shep. We stopped regularly to catch our breath and today we took more breaks than usual. Luckily it was only a couple of hundred meters in elevation gain so we made it to our guest house in Gorek Shep by 12:30.

Lobuche – Altitude – 4940 meters (16207 feet) above sea level Gorak Shep – 5164 meters (16942 feet) above sea level Elevation Gain – 224 meters (734 feet) Distance – 4.3 (2.6 miles) Duration – 4 Hours

Day 8 – Afternoon: Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp

everest base camp trek this way to everest sign

We took a break at Gorek Shep before making out way to Everest Base Camp. We sat in the sun marveling at the fact that we made it this far. After eating a hearty lunch of vegetarian Sherpa stew (Dal Bhat) on the terrace, (yes, we ate outside in the warm sun above 5100 meters) we set out for Everest Base Camp. The sun was shining brightly and it was quite pleasant outside so we were very excited.

We were lucky and had clear skies. Up until today, the clouds had rolled in by early afternoon every day. Today the sun shone and the skies were blue until sunset. So, it was our perfect morning to make the push.

The trek to Base Camp from Gorak Shep is an easy one. It’s two hours of walking with only a small elevation gain, and we made it with ease. That break for lunch really helped our spirits.

Reaching Everest Base Camp

People can summit Mount Everest from Tibet, but the main Everest Base Camp expedition route is in Nepal, and it is busy when the season is in full swing. Even those climbing to the peak of Mt Everest hike the route we took along the Everest Base Camp trek.

We arrived just a week or two before the season, so it was still quiet on the mountain. In fact, we were the only people at Base Camp that afternoon. We saw another group coming down on our way up, but once there we had it all to ourselves. It was thrilling.

To reach Everest base camp, you will hike out from nearby Gorak Shep and then hike back the same day to spend the night in the village. You do not spend the night at base camp.

Khumbu Glacier

The Khumbu Glacier is the first thing to come into view, and it is unbelievable to think that we are actually standing there. The Khumbu Glacier is the largest glacier in all of Nepal and is famous for the Khumbu Icefall. This treacherous sheet of ice is the most dangerous obstacle that climbers face when summiting Everest.

We witnessed an avalanche that reminded us just how precarious the climb to Mount Everest is. It is an intimidating sight and I cannot imagine having the courage to cross that field of ice. Climbers walk across ladders that shift and move as the ice is alive and constantly settling. It has taken many lives, and we were happy to look at it from afar.

With an elevation of 7600 meters at its source, the Khumbu Glacier is the highest glacier in the world and the Khumbu Icefall is one of the most dangerous portions of the climb to the summit of the world’s highest peak. We were happy to look at it from afar.

Everest Base Camp Trek Khumbu Icefall view

Everest Base Camp’s elevation is 5,364m (17,598 feet) so you will feel the high altitude. But, if you have taken your time you should feel pretty good. We had been at this elevation now for a while and stayed hydrated, so we could enjoy the experience.

We stood at a rock covered with prayer flags announcing that yes, we had made it to Mount Everest Base Camp at 5364 meters. We stayed for almost an hour taking videos, celebrating, and snapping photos. If you can bear it, don’t rush the experience, take it in and enjoy every minute. This will be the only time you’ll see it.

Trekking to Everest may be more exciting later in the season when Everest expeditions are there, but we really liked having base camp to ourselves. There wasn’t a soul on the mountain except for the three of us. We stayed for almost an hour taking videos, celebrating, snapping photos, and marveling at the massive Khumbu Glacier. Can it really be true that we are here? It felt like a dream.

We finished our climb about two weeks before the high season began and we wouldn’t have it any other way. We stood at a rock covered with prayer flags announcing that yes, we had made it to Everest Base Camp.

When it’s high season, base camp is filled with expeditions and tents spanning the valley. We only saw one expedition so far. They may have been here to climb Island Peak as base camp is also a place to acclimate for that peak.

We started to make our way back to Gorak Shep from Everest Base Camp at about 3:30 pm. Even though it was an easy trek back, there are narrow paths atop high ledges and it just so happens that while we were walking back, an ice bridge broke off after I stepped on it leaving Dave with a sticky situation of having to take one giant leap over a gorge. We made it back to Gorak Shep safely but it was a reminder just how dangerous the Himalayas can be.

Back to Gorak Shep

By the time we made it back to Gorak Shep, the excitement of reaching Everest base camp had worn off. We had reached our final destination Base Camp, but there was still a lot more trekking to go.

We were happy to have seen it, but we were exhausted. We felt the same when we climbed Mount Kilimanjaro. The thrill of reaching your destination is over and there is nothing more to look forward to, but there are still so many days to go.

That night I had serious sinus congestion and felt like I was suffocating in my freezing bed. It was quite scary to already be short of breath because of the altitude and then be completely congested. I really was terrified. Our guide Dipendra brought me hot tea all night and I slathered myself in Vicks Vaporub but nothing helped me to breathe easier.

Everest Base Camp Trek Altitude Sickness

I was afraid as we had the Gokyo Lake trek ahead through the Cho La Pass. We were also planning to trek up to Kala Pattar for the best views of Everest in the morning. I hope I could make it but I was also dreading the day ahead. I barely slept a wink but I finally drifted into a not-so-peaceful slumber.

Gorak Shep – 5164 meters (16942 feet) above sea level Everest Base Camp Elevation – 5,364m (17,598 feet) above sea level Elevation Gain – 200 meters (656 feet) Distance – 3.5 km one way (2.1 miles) Duration – Three Hours Round Trip

Alternative Gokyo Lake Via Cho La Pass

The next morning after a terrible night, we gave up our plans of climbing Kala Patthar and then on to the Gokyo Lakes and Cho La Pass trek. Even though I wasn’t feeling dizzy, nauseous, or lightheaded anymore, the sinus congestion was really getting to me. At altitude a cold can turn serious quickly, you just can’t take a chance when altitude is involved.

But, if we were going to trek on, this would be the next stop. It is supposed to be beautiful and if you are feeling up to it, we highly recommend it. This makes the trek much more interesting as you get to take a different way back to Lukla.

Cho La Pass: Altitude 5420 meters (17,782 feet) Gokyo Ri: 5357 Meters (17,575 feet) Gokyo Lakes: 4,700–5,000 m (15,400–16,400 ft)

Day 9 – The Descent and Kala Patthar

Kala Patthar is a hill above Gorak Shep that offers the best views of Everest and is a must-stop on anyone’s Everest Base Camp trekking route. We had planned to climb to the summit of Kala Patthar, but my congestion was so bad, that we decided it was safer to get to a lower elevation quickly.

Kala Patthar is a quick two-hour trek to add to your descent back to Lukla. It is a good option if you are feeling up for it as it gives a great view of Mt. Everest. Make sure to start early morning before dawn as there is still a long day of trekking after summiting Kala Pattar. Plan on another five or six hours to your next overnight stop at Pheriche.

Kala Patthar to Pheriche – Afternoon

By the time you reach your accommodation at Periche, you should be feeling a lot better. Dave and I find that we are fine in the 4000-meter ranges of altitude and experience very few symptoms of altitude sickness. It is at 5000 meters and above that, we start to feel our symptoms. Periche is a much more manageable 4371 meters.

Kala Pattar: 5643 metres Pheriche: 4371 Meters Altitude Loss : 1272

Days 10 to 11 – The Descent from Everest Base Camp

It took us two days more to trek back from Everest Base Camp to our final destination on the EBC Trek. I started feeling better on the second day as the dryness of the Everest base camp disappeared. My sinuses cleared and soon I was breathing easily. I started to feel guilty about turning around, but in hindsight, I know it was the right choice. You never want to take a chance with altitude sickness.

Even though we were heading down, there is still a lot of altitude gain as the EBC trek doesn’t continuously go downhill. I was feeling really fatigued and we still had a tough couple of days ahead of us. But knowing there was light at the end of the tunnel made everything easier.

It takes a lot of mental stamina to climb back down as the euphoria of reaching the Everest base camp has worn off, but we made the most of it, by chatting with other trekkers and getting to know our guides better.

During our decent we could actually take our time to smell the roses or should I say enjoy the trekking trail that ran through the stunning rhododendron forest.

Rhododendrons are beautiful flowering plants that bloom in different shades of pink, red, white, and purple. The rhododendron forest is particularly prominent in the areas of Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, and Dingboche which we really didn’t notice until we made our way down the mountains.

We followed the route we came up with, but it was much faster and we stayed in different villages. The beauty of booking organized trips with a local guide is that our guide Dipendra knew the routes like the back of his hand, so he could change accommodations easily to suit our speed.

Day 12 – Lukla

We were back in Lukla early on day 12 of our EBC Trek and had an evening booked in a guest house here to catch the first flight from Lukla back to Kathmandu in the morning. As much as we loved our trip to Everest, we were excited to be moving on to explore more of Nepal.

The accommodation was pleasant with a lovely restaurant, hot shower, and warm and cozy beds. It was a great way to end the trip.

Day 13 – Return To Kathmandu Flight from Lukla Airport

It is very important to give yourself an extra cushion when booking your return flight not only home from Kathmandu but from Lukla. We stayed overnight in Lukla on the final night of our trek and booked a flight to Kathmandu for first thing the next morning.

It is not uncommon for flights to be canceled or delayed flying out of Lukla Airport. Weather conditions change quickly. So give a bit of a cushion when booking your flight home from Nepal after you’ve finished your trek to Everest Base Camp. Many a traveler has missed their connecting flights home from Kathmandu because of delays in Lukla. It is safer to plan to spend a night or two in Kathmandu after your trek.

Everest Base Camp Trek Day 11 Waiting for Flight

We were delayed an entire day. Even though we were booked on the first flight from Lukla, the weather made us wait until near sunset. We were the first (and only) flight out that day, so everyone else who was waiting for their flights all day was stuck another night.

It was a bumpy flight back to Kathmandu and we almost wished that we didn’t make it on the flight. The turbulence was so bad, I was sure we were going to drop out of the sky.

Everyone on the flight was silent as we were tossed about dropping huge amounts of elevation at a time. But we landed and we have never been so happy to arrive in Kathmandu. We kissed the ground, thankful to have trekked to Everest Base Camp, but vowed to never do it again.

Accommodation – Tea Houses on Everest Base Camp

The main lodges of each teahouse we stayed in during the first half of our trip were cozy and warm. At the lower elevations, woodstoves burned wood in the dining room and common areas and our rooms were a comfortable temperature as we were wrapped up in our sleeping bags.

But as we ventured higher, the stoves were less abundant and instead of wood, they burned yak dung. You heard me, Yak Dung. Wood can’t burn in thin air, so they use yak dung to heat the teahouses at high elevations. Rooms are not heated so when we went to our rooms, we had to wear hats, thick socks, puffy coats, and long johns.

There were charging stations at the accommodation for electronics and we paid by the hour for electricity.

We highly recommend taking a portable USB charger to charge your own electronics.
We also used a solar USB charger that recharged during the day as we hiked.

Meals on Everest Base Camp

Because we booked an all-inclusive Everest Base Camp trek with Simrik Real Nepal tour company, all meals and snacks were included with our accommodation. Each evening, hearty meals were served that included pasta, rice, or Dal Bhat. Dal Bhat is the staple food of Nepal consisting of lentils, vegetables, steamed rice, and curry.

For the first few days, meat was served at meals, but as you climb higher, meals turned to vegetarian as it is more difficult to get the meat up the mountains.

Prayer Flags and Prayer Wheels – EBC Trek Etiquette

We saw many prayer wheels, prayer flags, and prayer rocks (mani stones) all along the trail to Everest. Everest is a sacred mountain and these monuments help give luck to the climbers on the mountain. There are customs to be followed when approaching prayer rocks or prayer wheels.

How to properly trek around prayer Wheels and Prayer Rocks

When approaching a prayer rock, it is important to walk to the left of the prayer rocks (mani stones) in a clockwise direction. The stone on the right means you are on the “right hand of God.”
When using prayer wheels, you walk along and spin them to ask for blessings for the climb ahead.
Sherpas and locals spin prayer wheels saying the mantra “ Om Mani Padme Hum” giving blessings to the climb ahead.
The prayer flags have prayers and mantras written on them which are believed to carry messages of positivity and to spread goodwill and compassion they are carried by the wind.

Altitude Sickness

Altitude Sickness is a very real possibility on the EBC Trek. On average 3-5 people die each year doing the trek to Everest base camp. Make sure to keep an eye out for signs of Acute Mountain Sickness. Acute Mountain Sickness is life-threatening and early symptoms include nausea, headache, and vomiting. It can lead to death. The Best way to alleviate symptoms is to go down to a lower elevation.

If you start to feel dizzy, have a pounding headache, or if you start to vomit go down to a lower altitude as quickly as possible. Take your time climbing, stay hydrated, and listen to your body.

Drink plenty of fluids, try to eat, and rest regularly. It is better to walk slowly and steadily rather than rushing at high altitudes. And when you get to your accommodations each day, relax as much as possible.

It can be dangerous trekking to Everest Base Camp from falling off the mountain to succumbing to altitude sickness. Some people have simply disappeared. Hiring a guide is a good option (and now the only option) for safety and it is very important to look for signals of altitude-related sickness.

But the Everest basecamp trek isn’t nearly as dangerous as climbing to the summit of Mt Everest. In 2019, 11 people died while trying to summit Mount Everest.

The village of Lukla is located at a high elevation so you will feel the effects of the thin air as soon as you land. The elevation of Lukla, Nepal is 2869 meters (9,350 feet). We were short of breath and already feeling fatigued upon landing. So instead of immediately starting our trek, we had a hot breakfast at one of the many restaurants in Lukla.

Travel Insurance for Everest Trek

We always travel with travel insurance on our travels, but hiking to Everest Base Camp will not be covered by regular insurance providers. It is highly recommended to get supplemental comprehensive travel insurance that offers trip cancellation insurance, and medical evacuation insurance.

Medjet is a good option for medical evacuation insurance and is a good addition to your regular travel insurance. There is a very real possibility of altitude sickness and we knew of two people that needed helicopter rescues during our trek.

World Nomads offers specific Everest Base Camp Insurance. You can check them out to get a quote. I would suggest a combination of World Nomads travel insurance and Medjet medical evacuation insurance. Regardless of what travel insurance you choose, be sure to call them directly to ask for specific advice about trekking to Everest Base Camp.

For a trip like Everest Base Camp, you will want to make sure to have trip interruption and trip cancellation insurance as well as lost luggage. This is a trip of a lifetime, so make sure you have a backup plan.

Can you Trek Independently to Everest Base Camp?

As of April 1, 2023, Nepal has banned solo trekking. Foreigners must hire a guide for treks in high-altitude trekking regions of national parks. According to the Kathmandu Post in March, “ solo or independent trekkers have to mandatorily hire a guide or a porter before setting off to Nepal’s mountains.” However, after an updated article in the Kathmandu Post, it seems that the Everest Region is an exception. Before booking, we would check with local companies and authorities as rules are constantly changing.

Regardless, we loved hiring a local guide to make oure experience richer, to support the local economy and to feel safer hi

Our all-inclusive Everest Base Camp Trek through the Simrik Real Nepal included return flights from Lukla, food, lodging, guiding, and all permits and paperwork.
We didn’t have to search for accommodation at the end of each day of trekking
We had English-speaking guides and a porter.
We had our own room, but you can also share rooms on the EBC Trek
We never worried about the cost of meals. They were all prepaid.
And our guide (Dipendra) and porter were part of the package for the trip.

Costs for Everest Base Camp Trek

Prices can vary greatly for trekking to Everest Base Camp. You can contact Simrik Real Nepal for up to date prices.

Booking with an international agency can cost from $1800 – $5000 USD
Booking with a local agency and be anywhere from $1400 – $2500

W hen is the Best time to Trek to Base Camp?

Best Time to do the Everest Base Camp trek

The high season for treks is April to May and October to November. We climbed in early March and felt that it was the perfect time of the year. The weather was beautiful, the skies were clear and the official climbing season hadn’t picked up yet. So we had a lot of the mountain to ourselves. We had heard stories of how busy the trail is, but at this time of year, it was quite deserted.

But a week and a half after our trek started as we made our way back to Lukla, it was already busier. We saw a lot of parties climbing up and the trail was getting congested. I can only imagine how packed the trails are during the high season.

What to Pack For Your Everest Base Camp Trek

What to pack for the Everest Base Camp Trek

Layering is extremely important when trekking to Everest Base Camp. This is a quick guide for clothing but we wrote a complete packing guide for base camp here .

Make sure to have a day pack to carry the important items and layers that you will need for your day of trekking for the entire trek. Your porter will carry everything else.

2 quick drying long sleeved base layer shirts
2 trekking shirts short sleeve
2 Thermal Base Layer – 2 leggings/2shirts
2 liner socks
3 pairs of woolen blend trekking socks
2 pairs of trekking pants with zip-off bottoms
2 fleece sweaters – one lightweight, one heavier
Outer windproof jacket and pants
2 water bottles to fill regularly
Steripen or Lifestraw – this is great for purifying water
Portable USB Charger
Basic First Aid Kit – A first aid kit is important to have but your guide, they will have one as well.
Warm sleeping bag. If you don’t have a sleeping bag rated to below zero, we recommend renting one from your guding company.

Treats and Medication

Tang – I was glad we packed Tang for our water. It made it taste better, keeping us well-hydrated. We didn’t really want to drink just water, but the Tang (which we bought in Kathmandu) was actually delicious. Gatorade or another electrolyte-replenishing drink is a great idea.
Diamox – (You can buy this in Kathmandu without a prescription) I highly recommend using Diamox tablets for altitude sickness as well. We met so many people suffering from headaches, dizziness, and fatigue and they weren’t taking anything. We’ve always used Diamox when climbing to altitude and it has worked beautifully for us.
Chocolate – When we were feeling ill, we were happy to have chocolate to eat. It was the only thing that we could eat at times.

How to Get Fresh Water on An Everest Trek

How to get water on the Everest Base Camp Trek

We recommend two refillable water bottles per person that can be refilled along the way. You can fill up anywhere for free along the Everest Base Camp route, but make sure you have a SteriPen or some other form of water purification with you. We love the SteriPen for purifying water, see our review here.

You can also use the LifeStraw or water purification tablets , but once we discovered the SteriPen , we never went back. See our complete Packing a Travel First Aid Kit here

Do You Need Climbing Experience for Everest Base Camp Trek?

Do you need climbing experience for the EBC Trek

There is no need for any technical climbing experience to make it to Everest Base Camp. If you are relatively fit, it is very doable. But it is a full two weeks at a sustained altitude of over 4000 meters.

We didn’t train for our Everest Base Camp Trek but we had been to altitude before and had spent a lot of time backpacking leading up to the months prior. It’s good to know how your body reacts to altitude. We suggested doing a couple of treks above 3000 meters (9000 feet) to see how your body reacts.

Hot Tips for Trekking to EBC

Keep your camera batteries close to your body when not in use. The cold and altitude really eat up battery life, so you will want to keep them warm for as long as you can.
Bring USD, ATM Fees are high and you are limited to the amounts you can take out of the ATM, so have ISD to exchange instead.
Pack handi wipes and Gold Bond Powder – it’s a lifesaver when you can’t get hot showers.
See our Full list of Everest Base Camp Tips here.

How to Get to Everest Base Camp

There are daily flights to Kathmandu International Airport from international hubs around the world.

Where to Book Your Everest Base Camp Trek

We booked our trek in Kathmandu with Local Guide Dipendra of Simrik Real Nepal. If you are looking for a local guide he is an excellent choice with nearly 20 years of experience in the mighty Himalayas.

Prices for the Everest base camp trek cost can vary depending on where you book. Group tours booked in North America will charge more. Ranging from $1500 – $5000 USD

You can save a lot of money by booking a local guide as you will cut out the middleman prices. Having a local guide let us know our money was going directly to the Nepal economy. Check with Simrik Real Nepal for current prices.

How Much to Tip Guides and Porters for an EBC Trek

Guides and porters in Nepal do not make a lot of money and rely on tipping. When we take tours of any kind, we (ourselves) tip 15% – 20% but that is a part of our culture in North America, we are quite large tippers and realize that others are not comfortable with that. We’ve done a lot of research and gone by what our tour companies have suggested on other tips, what we feel is a fair tip and what the average is across the internet.

For tipping in Nepal we have broken down the cost for a guide and porter.

Guide – Tipping – 10% – 15% of the total cost of the trip. We find this the easiest to figure out. If you paid $2000 for your trek, the lead guide should receive $200 – $300

Guide per day – Some suggest $10 – $15 per day per person for guides – For a 14 day trek that means you would tip your guide $140 – $210.

Porters per day – $5 – $10 per day per person for porters. – $70 – $140 for your porter.

We like to start at 15% of the total cost of our trips to give to the guides and then pay the porters a daily fee of $10.

If you can afford to trek to Everest Base Camp, you should be able to tip your guides and porters who have worked so hard accordingly.

Daily Life in the Everest Region of Nepal

While trekking to Everest we passed through many picturesque villages. The people are friendly and life goes on as it would in any community in Nepal. People do well in the Khumbu Region and they respect the tours passing through because the tourists are what keep them going.

There is electricity from the water that they harness from the Imja Khola River and Dudh Kosi River; two rivers that run through the trek. They also have solar power for electricity as well. There are schools, fresh running water, televisions, a health clinic, and bars.

That is not to say that life is all roses. It is a remote region of Nepal and it is difficult to get any supplies in. Food and equipment need to be carried into villages on foot. Porters carry heavy loads on their backs and women and children also do the heavy lifting. Everything needs to be carted in by hand or by animals. Check out our tips for climbing to Base Camp

How Long Does it Take to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The Everest base camp trek takes 12 – 14 days to climb including two acclimatization days. Treks can be done in 11 days and it is not uncommon for trips to take 15 days to allow for more acclimatization.

How Difficult is it to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Trekking to Everest Base Camp requires good fitness. You spend several days at a sustained altitude of more than 4000 meters (16,404 feet). Altitude sickness is a genuine possibility, it is important to take your time, stay hydrated, and listen to your body.

Can you trek to Everest Base Camp on your own?

As of April 1, 2023 the government states that all high altititude treks require a guide, but then after some backlash, they made an exception for the Everest region. However, we highly recommend hiring guides and porters . You can trek the region yourself carrying your own packs and gear, but you have a much better chance of making to base camp (and enjoying the experience) if you hire guides.

How Long is the Everest Base Camp Trek?

The trek is 63km (39 miles) each way . 126 km (78 miles) round trip from Lukla. Expect to hike anywhere between 7 to 17 km per day.

And that is a day-by-day breakdown of our experience on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek. If you plan ahead and understand what to expect on the EBC Trek, you will be sure to have an amazing journey.

It’s an experience we’ll never forget and highly recommend it to everyone. The Himalayan Mountains are the most beautiful and spiritual place on earth and this trip will change your life.

Read More about travel to Nepal and things to do in Kathmandu before your trek

Flight to Lukla
Packing list for Everest Base Camp
Remarkable Everest Base Camp Trek in Photos
30 Tips for Trekking to Everest Base Camp
Nepal Travel Guide
Top 6 Places to visit in Kathmandu, Nepal
Where to Eat in Kathmandu – Eight Great Spots to Indulge After Your Trek
The Ultimate Travel Songs Playlist to Inspire Wanderlust

Dal Bhat photograph courtesy of Wikimedia – I don’t know why we never took a photo of our Dal Bhat. We ate it nearly every day while trekking to Everest Base Camp. You’ll either learn to love it or despise it.

Inca Trail – Machu Picchu Hiking Tips – How To Hike the Inca Trail
Complete Guide to Climbing Mount Kilimanjaro – How Hard is It?
Top 13 Best Treks in Nepal to Help you Choose The Right Trek for you
Trolltunga Hike – Trekking to Norway’s Most Famous Landmark
The Complete Guide to Climbing Mount Fuji

Travel Planning Resources

Looking to book your next trip? Why not use these resources that are tried and tested by yours truly.

Flights: Start planning your trip by finding the best flight deals on Skyscanner

Book your Hotel: Find the best prices on hotels with these two providers. If you are located in Europe use Booking.com and if you are anywhere else use TripAdvisor

Find Apartment Rentals: You will find the cheapest prices on apartment rentals with VRBO .

Travel Insurance: Don't leave home without it. Here is what we recommend:

Allianz - Occasional Travelers.
Medjet - Global air medical transport and travel security.

Need more help planning your trip? Make sure to check out our Resources Page where we highlight all the great companies that we trust when we are traveling.

About The Planet D

Dave Bouskill and Debra Corbeil are the owners and founders of The Planet D. After traveling to 115 countries, on all 7 continents over the past 13 years they have become one of the foremost experts in travel. Being recognized as top travel bloggers and influencers by the likes of Forbes Magazine , the Society of American Travel Writers and USA Today has allowed them to become leaders in their field.

Join thousands of others who get our monthly updates!

53 thoughts on “Everest Base Camp Trek – Ultimate Guide For 2024”

Beautiful article! You have shared a thrilling journey with us till the end. It will definitely be useful for us trekkers. Thanks for the great pictures, videos, and useful tips!

This is a fantastic and unique post! After reading it, I learned a lot about Basecamp that I didn’t know before. Excellent article! That is true adventure, and conquering Mount Everest is without a doubt the goal of all hikers around the world. Keep up the excellent work. Thank you for providing this information.

Wow, the content has got all the details about the trek. Thank you so much for sharing your Journey experience of Everest Base Camp Nepal.

Hi There, Great Article! That’s the real adventure and especially climbing Mount Everest is the dream for all hikers across the globe without any doubt. Keep up the good work. Thanks for sharing.

Wow, the content has got all the details about the trek. Thank You so much for writing such an efficient article on Everest Base Camp Trek.

That’s the real adventure and especially climbing Mount Everest is the dream for all hikers across the globe without any doubt.

Thank you for taking the time and effort to produce such an awesome post with amazing pictures. Loved reading all your posts, really good insights here into Everest Base Camp ! Looking forward to read more.

Nice article on trekking best of luck for your new journeys

Dear Dave and Deb Namaste It is really beautiful article regards of Everest base camp trek in Nepal. Your article provides a lot details of the EBC trek. I’m sure your blog helping lot to organize other trekkers.

Excellent article. Everest Base camp is in my bucket list but I haven’t attempted because I’m prone to sickness quickly. Reading this article has triggered the interest even more. Thank you so much for explaining in detail about EBC trek. I hope One day I too can share my experience 🙂

Hey, I love trekking, I went last month with my friends in Nepal after reading your blog the memory are refreshed Thank you for sharing

Namaste, Dave and Dave, Thank you so much for sharing your Journey experience of Everest Base Camp Nepal. And also glad to read that why not support the local economy by hiring a guide and porter… I salute to your positive view. Visit Nepal anytime.

It is very interesting to read this Everest base camp trekking. I love trekking and i am excited very to do this base camp trekking once. Thanks for sharing.

This popped up in my inbox I love the way you break down your travel itinerary this way. I’m one of those people that love to know every detail of a place before travelling there myself. Another place to add to the list, thanks to you guys! Beautiful photographs.

Thank you for taking the time and effort to produce a terrific blog of your trek to EBC. I really appreciate being able to experience what it is going to be like before I actually arrive.

Everest is the highest mountain. It is at the Zenith. Most of the people just a dream of it.Very useful information. Thanks for sharing with us.

Excellent article !! Thanks for sharing such a great informative post it really helpful and amazing so keep it up and all the best………….

this was just amazing… keep sharing

The post was very informative. If you love adventure and treks you should definitely visit Nepal, it’s gonna be a life time experience. This post will really help people who are planning their next trek to Everest base camp. If you are planning your next trek to Nepal, North Nepal Trek can help you to make your trek much easier and will give you unique experience.

All of your photos are just awesome. Information is perfect.

Such an awesome post with amazing pictures. Thanks for sharing your experience with us.

This is really a very good blog post and thanks for sharing it with the community

It’s an informative post and I was thinking how you backpack for the weather? There are many things that somewhere can’t be cope at altitude like a sickness. I remember I scare when I attempt sky diving in Dubai. It’s was a wonderful experience but I have a fear of altitude places.

I have read about it but never tried. I am glad that at least i am reading such an informative article that clearly shows experience of treking over there. It might so much exciting and filled with happiness because seeing something like that would always be more of fun and achieving some of our own. Would love to try it once for sure!

Hi guys. Nice blog. Very informative. I just wonder, how did you prepare for the weather? How did you acclimatise so that you can cope with thr danger of altitude sickness? It is the ine thing that scares me to try to trek on high altitude places. To climb Kilimanjaro and to reach the EBC are in my bucket list. I’m hesitant because of my fear that I might die from cold temperature and altitude sickness.

Dress in layers, and drink plenty of water. You will want to bring DIamox with you and take it. You can get it in Kathmandu, or go to a travel clinic before leaving home. You won’t die from cold temperatures at Base Camp if you have a proper guide, and dress properly. The real dangers are if you are summitting Everest, that’s when you can get into problems, but Base Camp is very doable for anyone that is physically fit. If you don’t have the gear, you can buy winter coats, boots etc in Kathmandu. But we do recommend breaking in your boots beforehand, so you should buy those before you leave home and wear them a lot. Get warm, waterproof breathable boots with wool socks and bring several pairs. We have a guide to winter base layers to avoid the deep freeze here: https://theplanetd.com/layering-tips-for-cold-weather-travel/

Loved reading all your posts, some really good insights here into EBC! You mention putting your hair in braids, why is that? Is it because of the sweat? Is it windy so it gets knotted up? Just curious as I am doing this trek in a week and am open to all tips ?

Yes, hair can get really matted due to wind, dryness and lack of showering. The Braids kept it from matting up like dread locks. Have a great time!

Long hair can get very matted almost like dread locks. It’s becuase there aren’t a lot of chances to shower after Namche Baazar, the wind, sweat and dryness from altitude really takes its toll on both hair and skin and the braids, keep the hair from matting and breaking off.

Great read! Just curious. what time of year did you go to avoid the masses of tourists?

Thanks for sharing articles and videos it will be helpful to all people those wants to go Mount Everest.

This is just amazing and knowing each and every experience that we will have while travelling is another aspect that made me read this article fully. I am in Dubai now on a trip and would surely try to visit this place i could. I should consider the right time and other things roo. I must thank you for this wonderful piece.

Such a great journey you have shared from start to finish and your presentation is also impressive. I would love to follow these things when I will go for a camp tour.

Regards, Ronit

Your Video is superb, I feel your treking experience in this article. worth to read it.

Wow what an wonderful place is this. Want to trek this place in my life.

Great article, thanks, surprised at the early time of year you did the trek, but sounded ideal – any other good write-ups or links discussing the pros and cons of going in the spring vs fall? …weather, landscape, crowded w/ other trekkers, festivals, etc Thanks!

I am looking forward for this kind of base camp.

What an excellent post!! Thank you so much for an informative article and personal feel. This is very helpful and inspiring for my upcoming trek to Everest Base Camp.

There is so great view in pictures.it’s useful and helpful for the trekkers .i like these types of views .and tourist are also love these types of views.

Anyways amazing photos and love the videos! really gives you a feeling how it is there and must be just thrilling. Looking forward to read more about your travels.

Nice Articles and sharing a good details of Everest base camp and amazing photos. I will try to go this year Nepal and go to Everest Base Camp.

Great post. I am doing the Everest Base Camp trek in October. I completed the Annapurna Circuit in 2012 and loved it. Nepal is a such a lovely place and the people are amazing. Thanks for sharing!

Wow congratulations on your trip and everything looks really cool. I would love to do the same! Did you train a lot before you went there? Did you prepare physically? I don’t know how fit I have to be to be able to take on such a travel. Anyways amazing photos and love the videos! really gives you a feeling how it is there and must be just thrilling. Looking forward to read more about your travels.

Hi Marus, we didnt’ train a lot before. We were traveling a lot though. Before heading to Nepal we spent 4 months traveling Sri Lanka and India. We did a yoga retreat and a lot of hiking and walking, but we didn’t do any proper training. We were in relatively good shape. It’s mostly just a long uphill hike. The difficulty is being at altitude for a sustained amount of time. It affects everyone differently. Some people can be in tip top shape, but not do well at altitude and vice versa. So, it’s best to take it slow and steady, drink plenty of fluids and pay attention to how you are feeling.

All your photos are simple awesome and your posts are speaking a lot of useful information. Thank you for sharing this article.

Thanks for your beautiful video. I fell a little up lifted seeing this. I believe one of the prayer flags is for a lady I knew. Inspiring. I wish I would have done adventurous things like this when I was young. Young people don’t put off adventure.

I’m glad I read this. This is something I have always wanted to do but have been a little nervous to think about doing it when the climbing season is in full swing. The time of year you went and the company you chose make a lot of sense! Thanks for sharing.

The views are amazing!! I love adventure, but I would definitely need to build up my stamina to do the Everest Base Camp trek. It looks like it was an awesome experience for you!

Wow, what a beautiful experience. Your photos are amazing!

-Siggi The Voyaging Viking

Amazing! Can’t wait to check this off my list!

Thanks for writing this.

Thank you for sharing these helpful tips. Your post has given me some great ideas. Thanks again for the valuable information!

Ace the Himalaya

Trekking in Nepal, Peak Climbing, Mt Biking and Tours in Nepal, Bhutan and Tibet

Everest Base Camp Trek - 14 Days
EBC Trek with Helicopter Return - 12 Days
Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek - 14 Days
Everest Base Camp with Island Peak - 19 Days
Everest Three Passes Trek - 20 Days
Annapurna Base Camp Trek - 13 Days
Annapurna Circuit Trek - 19 Days
Ghorepani Poon Hill Trek - 9 Days
Manaslu Circuit Trek - 15 Days
Gokyo to Everest Base Camp Trek - 17 Days

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance

Ever wondered about the distances that shape the Everest Base Camp trek? Our blog unravels the mystery, offering a step-by-step breakdown of the path to Everest's doorstep.

The Everest Base Camp trek is a remarkable adventure that offers a rare opportunity to explore the heart of the Himalayas.

Likely due to its monumental reputation, a commonly posed inquiry among enthusiasts bidding to make it to EBC revolves around the distance and duration of the trek.

As trekkers traverse the same paths once treaded by predecessors on their journey to the summit , they run across elaborate landscapes and ingrained cultural sentiments that defy expectations.

How long is the trek to Everest Base Camp?

Covering approximately 130 kilometers or 80 miles from Lukla to the Everest Base Camp and back, the EBC trek experiences a substantial altitude gain along the 14-day trek, its elevations emphasized both as a challenge and thrill.

Commencing with a scenic flight from Kathmandu to Lukla , which sets the stage for an exciting journey ahead, the trail unfolds with stops at captivating destinations such as Namche Bazaar, Phakding, Tengboche, Gorakshep, Dingboche and many more.

Throughout these destinations trekkers are treated to a visual feast of beautiful mountains, diverse vegetation and landscapes that shift with each step.

Beyond the physical adventure and natural beauty, the EBC trek is also a cultural pilgrimage. The rich tapestry of Sherpa heritage, their unique traditions and the Himalayan way of life encourages a deeper connection between the locals and the trekkers.

The Everest Base Camp trekking is an experience etched in the memory of those fortunate enough to have walked the magnificent trail.

Among various highlights, the pinnacle of the trek unfolds at the arrival at EBC, surrounded by towering peaks and the awe-inspiring Khumbu icefall, it is a moment of triumph and profound serenity.

Overview of the daily distances on the Everest base camp trek

Below is a tabulated outline of the distances between various locations along the Everest Base Camp trail, alongside the corresponding duration required to reach each destination:

Day 2: Lukla to Phakding (3 to 4 hours, 8.2 Km)

The trek officially begins after a scenic flight that lands at Lukla (2,840m) from Kathmandu, the capital city of Nepal.

Trekkers begin with a gentle descent to Chheplung from Lukla accompanied by the Dudhkoshi river to their left. Along the way, the captivating sight of Mount Kusum Kanguru (6,367m) unfolds at Thado Koshigaon, further leading to Ghat.

Unlike the initial portion of the trail, the concluding stretch from Ghat presents a gentle ascent, culminating at an altitude of 2,610m at Phakding.

Covering 8.2 kilometers, the trek from Lukla to Phakding is an approximately three-hour expedition through various suspension bridges and picturesque sherpa villages.

Day 3: Phakding to Namche Bazaar (6 to 7 hours, 12 Km)

On the 3rd day of the trek, through a slightly undulating trail, trekkers eventually get from Phakding to Monjo.

The path continues along the Dudhkoshi river and sets through a series of suspension bridges, and charming little villages to get to Bengkar where the majestic Thamserku (6,608m) looms into view.

From Bengkar, the trail descends bringing trekkers to Jorsale while the trail identically fluctuates until the Hillary Bridge, named after Sir Edmund Hillary himself, also the last suspension bridge of the day.

The 12-kilometer trek concludes after a steady 2.5-hour ascension to reach the bustling Sherpa town Namche Bazaar .

Day 4: Namche Bazaar acclimatization (4 to 5 hours, 5.4 Km)

The acclimatization trek begins with an ascension to Everest Viewpoint followed by the picturesque village of Syangboche, renowned among trekkers for its captivating views.

Further, trekkers navigate a dominantly flat trail to get to Hotel Everest View (3,880m).

Boasting awe-inspiring vistas of peaks like Mount Everest (8,849m) , Lhotse (8,516m) , Nuptse (7,861m), and Ama Dablam (6,812m), Hotel Everest View is another popular viewpoint in the Khumbu region.

Ending with a descent from Hotel Everest View back to Namche Bazaar, the journey accumulates to roughly 4 hours and covers 5.4 kilometers.

Day 5: Namche Bazaar to Tengboche (5 to 6 hours, 10.5 Km)

The journey from Namche Bazaar to Tengboche commences with a trek to Kenjoma along its well-made, leveled yet undulating path.

Trekking trail between Namche Bazaar and Dingboche

Following a gentle descent from Kenjoma trekkers reach Phunke Tenga where the breathtaking sights of majestic mountains like Kangtega (6,782m) and Thamserku (6,608m) unfold before them.

It is upon arrival at Tengboche that trekkers are rewarded with an even more intimate perspective of the surrounding mountains, enhancing the surreal beauty of the landscape.

Day 6: Tengboche to Dingboche (6 to 7 hours 11.5 Km)

On the 6th day of the trek, the journey from Tengboche (3,860m) to Dingboche (4,410m) spans 11.5 kilometers and takes approximately six hours to complete.

The trail beginning from Tengboche to Deboche is a gentle descent leading to Pangboche where trekkers are required to navigate a few suspension bridges.

Pangboche a typical farm village, is renowned for cultivation in the area. Here, trekkers can also spot various massive mountains up-close.

Following a mild ascent while crossing the tree line, the final stretch where trees are still visible, trekkers reach Somare.

The final walk from Somare to Dingboche rewards trekkers with a closer view of mountains like Ama Dablam (6,812m), Nuptse (7,861m) and Lhotse (8,516m).

Further at Dingboche, you can also see mountains like Peak 38 (7,590m), Island Peak, Mount Chiumo (6,890m), and Ama Lapcha.

Day 7: Dingboche Acclimatization (5 to 6 hours, 5.1 Km)

Dingboche serves a pivotal role as an acclimatization point following Namche Bazaar. The trek begins with a demanding uphill ascent to reach the summit of Nangkartshang Peak (5,083m) .

From the peak, trekkers can catch a panoramic view of mountains like Lhotse (8,516m), Nuptse (7,861m), Cho Oyu (8,188m), Ama Dablam (6,812m), Peak 38 (7,590m), Makalu (8,481m), Kusum Kanguru (6,367), and Baruntse (7,163m) gracefully surrounding the peak.

The acclimatization journey concludes as trekkers make their way back to Dingboche after having covered a total distance of 5.1 kilometers.

Day 8: Dingboche to Lobuche (5 to 6 hours, 8 Km)

On the 8th day, trekkers set out for Lobuche (4,910m), embarking on a roughly 5-hour long journey covering approximately 8 kilometers.

The path from Dingboche to Thukla involves a gentle ascent, offering trekkers glimpses of several mountains including the flanks of Cho La, Taboche (6,495m), and Cholatse (6,440m).

Ascending through the Khumbu Khola valley, the trail gradually leads to Thukla and continues upward until Thukla Pass.

Beyond the Thukla pass, the terrain transforms into a more rugged and barren landscape as trekkers approach Lobuche.

Sunset hues over Nuptse as seen from Lobuche

Lobuche further welcomes trekkers with captivating views of various mountains like Nuptse (7,861m) Changri (6,027m), Pumori (7,161m), and Lho La (6,006m).

Day 9: Lobuche to Everest Base Camp and back to Gorakshep (8 to 9 hours, 11.7 Km)

On the 9 th day trekkers journey towards Gorakshep (5,190m), beginning with a smooth ascent the concluding section of the trek is fluctuating and rocky.

The trek from Gorakshep to the Everest Base Camp is also a similarly undulating terrain, with frequent ascents and descents.

Upon reaching Everest base Camp, trekkers are rewarded with intimate views of the majestic Himalayan peaks.

Day 10: Hike to Kala Pathhar and descent to Pheriche (8 to 9 hours, 15.2 Km)

The ascent to Kala Pathhar (5,555m) from Gorakshep is an entirely uphill trek through steep, challenging terrain.

Upon reaching Kala Pathhar trekkers are rewarded with breathtaking 360-degree views of prominent mountains like Pumori, Lingtren (6,749m), Lho La, Mount Everest (8,849m), Lhotse (8,516m), Nuptse (7,861m), Ama Dablam, Kangtega (6,782m), Thamserku, Taboche, and Changri.

Descending back to Pheriche, trekkers retrace their steps through the same route used at the time of ascension, passing through Lobuche and Thukla Pass.

It is after Thukla Pass that trekkers diverge towards Periche, concluding their trek for the day.

Day 11: Periche to Namche Bazaar (7 to 8 hours, 19.5 Km)

The descent from Periche to Namche Bazaar constitutes the longest trek of the journey, encompassing a total distance of roughly 19.5 kilometers to be covered in approximately seven hours.

Trekkers retrace their steps through familiar landmarks with a beginning descent from Somare and gradually progress through Pangboche, Deboche, and Tengboche.

Namche Bazaar with mount Kongde Ri in the background

Only experiencing a significant descent at Phunke Tenga, trekkers ascend to Kenjoma and finally reach Namche Bazaar following a flat steady terrain.

Day 12: Namche Bazaar to Lukla (8 to 9 hours, 20 Km)

Namche Bazaar to Lukla marks the official conclusion of the Everest Base Camp trek.

Offering trekkers another opportunity to revisit familiar paths, this trek too retraces the trail taken at ascension.

Beginning from the descent to the Hillary Bridge, trekkers follow a fluctuating but steady trail through Jorsale, Monjo, Phakding and Chheplung.

Upon reaching Chheplung trekkers make a gentle ascent for a few meters to arrive at Lukla, the very destination where the trek concludes.

Related Blogs & Articles

How physically fit should you be for Everest Base Camp Trek?

Shower and Laundry Services During Everest Base Camp Trek

Demystifying Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty: What You Need to Know

Email This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.

Trekking in Nepal

Climbing and expedition, cultural tour and sightseeing, cycling and mountain biking, luxury treks, luxury tours, multi country tours, voluntourism trips, extend your trip.

Everest Panorama Trek – 9 Days
EBC Trek with Helicopter Return – 12 Days
Everest Base Camp Trek – 14 Days
Gokyo Lake Trek – 13 Days
Gokyo and Renjo La Pass Trek – 14 Days
Everest Base Camp Trek without Lukla Flight – 17 Days
Gokyo to Everest Base Camp Trek – 17 Days
Everest Base Camp with Island Peak – 19 Days
Everest Three Passes Trek – 20 Days
Everest High Passes and Island Peak – 23 Days
Classical Everest Base Camp Trek – 21 Days
Langtang Valley Trek – 10 Days
Langtang Valley Ganja La Pass Trek – 14 Days
Langtang Helambu Trek – 17 Days
Ghorepani Poon Hill Trek – 9 Days
Mardi Himal Trek – 10 Days
Annapurna Base Camp Trek – 13 Days
Himalayan Highlights – 13 Days
Nar Phu Valley Trek with Annapurna Circuit – 18 Days
Annapurna Circuit Trek – 19 Days
Tilicho Lake Trek With Thorong La Pass – 19 Days
Khopra Danda Trek – 11 Days
Shivapuri-Chisapani Trek – 4 Days
Upper Mustang Trek (Drive & Trek) – 16 Days
Tsum Valley Trek – 16 Days
Manaslu Circuit Trek – 15 Days
Dhaulagiri Circuit Trek – 21 Days
Upper Dolpo Trek – 25 Days
Kanchenjunga Base Camp Trek – 29 Days
Yala Peak Climbing – 13 Days
Island Peak Climbing – 15 Days
Mera Peak Climbing – 19 Days
Everest Base Camp and Lobuche East – 18 Days
Tent Peak Climbing with Annapurna Base Camp – 18 Days
Pisang Peak and Thorung La Pass – 21 Days
Ama Dablam Expedition – 29 Days
Kathmandu Cultural Heritage Tour – 3 Days
Kathmandu Heritage – 3 Days
Inheritances of Kathmandu – 4 Days
Glimpses of Kathmandu & Nagarkot – 5 Days
Kathmandu and Pokhara Unveiled – 5 Days
Explore Kathmandu – 6 Days
Glimpse of Nepal – 8 Days
Nepal Heritage Tour – 10 Days
Nepal Adventure Tour – 11 Days
Nepal Multi Sports Adventure – 11 Days
Nepal Vista – 10 Days
Nepal Highlights – 14 Days
Experience Nepal – 15 Days
One Day Biking Trip – Kathmandu – 1 Day
Annapurna Circuit Biking – 14 Days
Upper Mustang Biking – 16 Days
Kathmandu Valley Rim Biking – 8 Days
Annapurna in Luxury – 9 Days
VVIP Everest Base Camp Trek – 10 Days
Everest View Luxury Trek – 11 Days
Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek – 14 Days
Everest Base Camp Deluxe Trek – 16 Days
Mt Everest Base Camp to Gokyo Trek – 19 Days
Kathmandu Luxury Tour – 3 Days
Kathmandu and Pokhara Luxury Tour – 5 Days
Nepal Multi Sport Luxury Adventure – 11 Days
Best of Nepal – 14 Days
Trishuli River Rafting – 1 Day
Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour – 1 Day
Everest Base Camp Heli Tour with Gokyo Extension – 1 Day
Langtang Heli Sightseeing – 1 Day
Pokhara and Annapurna Heli Sightseeing – 1 Day
Paragliding in Nepal (Pokhara) – 1 Day
Scenic Mountain Flight (Everest Flight) – 1 Day
Ultra Light Flight – 1 Day
Jamacho Day Hike-One day hiking trip – 1 Day
Kathmandu Uncovered with Nagarkot – 1 Day
Day Tour to UNESCO Heritage Sites – 1 Day
Nepal and Tibet – 15 Days
Nepal and Bhutan – 15 Days
India, Nepal and Bhutan – 19 Days
Nepal, Tibet and Bhutan – 20 Days
Arupokhari School Volunteer Program – 14 Days
Rebuild Home Volunteer Program – 9 Days
Bardiya Jungle Safari – 4 Days
Chitwan Jungle Safari – 3 Days

Trekking in Bhutan

Festival tours, motorcycling.

Druk Path Trek – 8 Days
Chomalhari Trek – 12 Days
Laya Ghasa Trek – 18 Days
Bhutan Vistas Tour – 5 Days
Cultural Heartland Tour – 10 Days
Hidden Valley – 11 Days
Bhutan Multi Sports Tour – 11 Days
Paro Tshechu Festival – 8 Days
Punakha Tsechu – 9 Days
Trongsa Lhuntse Tshechu – 9 Days
Bumthang Tangbi – 11 Days
Bhutan Ura Yakchoe – 12 Days
Tamshingphala Choepa – 12 Days
Mongar and Trashigang – 16 Days
Bhutan Biking – 8 Days
Bhutan Motorcycle Tour – 12 Days

Trekking in Tibet

Tibet Advance Everest Base Camp – 21 Days
Cho Oyu Expedition – 45 Days
Shishapangma Expedition – 47 Days
Everest Expedition via North Side – 63 Days
Kathmandu and Lhasa Tour – 7 Days
Tibet Heritage Tour – 8 Days
Overland Tour to Everest Base Camp – 10 Days
Mount Kailash Mansarovar Lake Tour – 15 Days
Everest Base Camp Biking Tour – 21 Days

Everest Base Camp Trek

ACTIVITY LEVEL

Kathmandu, nepal, $4,295 usd (including domestic flights to/from trek start point).

Download our Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary:

Trek to mt. everest base camp in nepal, j oin the explorer’s passage on one of the world’s most extraordinary adventures: an everest base camp trek in nepal on this journey into the heart of the mighty himalayas, you will follow in the daring footsteps of some of mount everest’s legends, including sir edmund hillary and tenzing norgay., the trail to everest base camp immerses you in truly unparalleled landscapes. along the way, you will pass through forested valleys and small villages, ascend past the tree line, and eventually reach the famed base camp at the foot of earth’s tallest mountain. you will cross glacier-fed rivers, visit monasteries and shrines, traverse high-altitude yak pastures, and will constantly be glancing up past fluttering strings of prayer flags to take in the regal peaks and glaciers that surround you., this captivating region is unlike any other, and will undoubtedly give you remarkable stories that you can pass down through generations. your unique reward on this trip will not only be up-close experience with mt. everest, our planet’s highest summit, but also an unrivaled sense of personal achievement as you take on one of the world’s most famous trekking journeys., read more below to review trip details and highlights, a sample itinerary, trip customization options, accommodations, photos, and more, visit everest base camp with t.e.p., we take care of everything.

Namche Bazaar, a key village on the trail to Everest Base Camp in Nepal

W e go above and beyond our competitors in handling every detail of your Everest Base Camp trek, so that you can focus exclusively on experiencing all that Nepal and the Himalayas have to offer. Our trips are all-inclusive, crafted with the intent of providing you with an unforgettable adventure travel experience. All you have to do is show up at the airport in Kathmandu!

Expert guides.

A photograph of a trekking group in front of Ama Dablam, on the trail to Everest Base Camp in Nepal's Khumbu Region

E xperience the Everest Base Camp Trek with the finest trekking guides in Nepal. Our knowledgeable guides have been leading adventures in the Himalayas for over thirty years, and are some of the pioneers of trekking to Mount Everest Base Camp. Many of the guides are also local to the Khumbu region of Nepal, which is home to the Sherpa community.

Responsible travel and sustainability.

A photograph of colorful prayer flags fluttering in the wind, with Mount Everest in the background

T he Explorer’s Passage is a member of Sustainable Travel International, a partner/supporter of the Leave No Trace Center for Outdoor Ethics, as well as a supporter of the Center for Responsible Travel (CREST). We very proudly incorporate the principles of these organizations throughout your trip to Nepal. You can read more about our commitment to sustainability and responsible travel later on this page.

Trip highlights.

Explore Kathmandu on a private guided tour , and experience the sights, sounds, and tastes of one of South Asia’s most intriguing capital cities;
Visit UNESCO World Heritage Sites such as Boudhanath and Pashupatinath, where you can walk among some of Nepal’s most sacred places;
Journey deep into the Himalayas as you hike to Everest Base Camp, and find yourself surrounded by the majesty of the soaring peaks, peaceful woodlands, rhododendron forests, mammoth glaciers, unique wildlife, and rushing rivers of Nepal;
Retrace the legendary route of Sir Edmund Hillary & Tenzing Norgay and their historic 1953 expedition to Mount Everest;
Discover vibrant Nepalese communities along the route, including the colorful market town of Namche Bazaar, the serene Tengboche monastery, and other adventurous waypoints such as Dingboche, Thukla, Gorakshep, and more;
Rest and replenish at mountain ‘tea houses’ in villages along the trail, where you can share hearty, memorable meals with fellow adventurers and local Sherpas ( note: hotel in Kathmandu included before and after the trekking portion of the trip);
Reach Everest Base Camp, where you will be rewarded with up-close views of the planet’s tallest mountain as well as an unrivaled sense of personal achievement – as one of the lucky few to experience this unique point on Earth.

From $4,295 USD per person

*More info. on pricing

Pricing starts at $4,295 USD per person

Single Supplement for Hotel: from $795 USD

More questions? Read more about pricing here

START DATES

For the Everest Base Camp trek, pre-scheduled group tours depart:

various dates in March, April, and May 2024;
various dates in Sept., Oct., and Nov. 2024;
Click here to view all 2024 trip dates

Custom dates (for individuals or private groups) also available. To inquire on a custom date, please contact us !

2024 Group Trip Dates below:

March 15, 2024
March 29, 2024
April 12, 2024
April 22, 2024
May 3, 2024
May 13, 2024
September 14, 2024
September 27, 2024
October 11, 2024
October 21, 2024
November 1, 2024
November 11, 2024

To inquire on a custom date, please contact us!

Options for 18 or 14 Day Itineraries

With 18-day itinerary, trekking duration is 13 days. With 14-day itinerary, trekking duration is 9 days (for more information about itinerary options, please review the section about trip customization on this webpage).

ACCOMMODATIONS

Various Options*

In Kathmandu (before and after the trek to Everest Base Camp), choose between 3-Star or 5-Star hotels. While hiking to E.B.C., everyone stays in ‘tea houses,’ which are comparable to many other mountain lodges/huts in other parts of the world.

*Read about accommodations in Nepal

MAX. GROUP SIZE

( Private groups: 12 people)

Advanced* Activities: multi-day hiking on the route to Everest Base Camp.

Total trekking distance: either ~85 miles / ~136 kms or ~56 miles / ~90 kms (depending on itinerary option selected)

*Please refer to our Trip Activity Level Guide for more information

Please Note – the Trip Activity Level Guide is for guidance only and provides a general sense of what you should expect on our trips. Actual times, distances, and elevation can be outside the ranges outlined below.

Trips designated “easy” are perfect for first-timers, or travelers looking for a mild physical challenge. hikes, treks, and horseback rides are short and terrain is typically flat, at an elevation not exceeding 5,000 feet. on paddling trips, river currents move swiftly, thus minimal paddling is required..

“Moderate” trips are more active and require a bit more endurance. Hikes, treks, and horseback rides includes occasional steep ascents. Elevation can occassionaly reach up to 15,000 feet. River currents are moderate and some stretches include Class 1-2 rapids.

Trips marked “Advanced” require strong physical stamina, as we’re often active for 8+ hours per day. Hikes, treks, and horseback rides include traversing more rugged and mountainous terrain, at elevations that can reach up to 15,000 feet. Rivers currents are moderate to swift and often include paddling white water through Class 1-3 rapids.

TEP’s most physically demanding trips fall into the “Explorer” category. Expect 8+ hours of activity per day. These trips are demanding, yet attainable for those seeking the challenge. Hike, trek, and horseback ride on rugged and mountainous terrain with frequent steep ascents. Elevation may exceed 15,000 feet. Rivers currents are moderate to swift and often include navigating white water through Class 1-3 rapids.

More Questions? Speak to one of our Adventure Consultants at 855-208-6800 to determine if this is the right trip for you OR Read more about the Trip Activity Level Guide

MAP OF EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ROUTE

– khumbu region, nepal –.

A map of the route that trekkers hike to and from Everest Base Camp in the Khumbu region of Nepal

Note: this map only corresponds with the standard 18-day itinerary’s 13 days of hiking to and from Everest Base Camp. The alternative 14-day itinerary option (featuring 9 days of trekking) is very similar – except that on the return trip, trekkers take a helicopter from Pheriche to Kathmandu. For more information about itinerary options, please review the section about trip customization on this webpage.

A picture of a sign on the trail to Everest Base Camp. The sign reads Way to Everest B.C. with a red arrow

SAMPLE TRIP ITINERARY

18 day / 17 night trip daily overview, day 1: arrival in kathmandu, nepal.

Namaste and welcome to Kathmandu (elevation: 4,347 feet / 1,325 meters)! Get ready to experience one of the most undeniably awe-inspiring journeys our planet has to offer.

At the airport, you will be greeted by a member of our team (your driver will be waiting for you, holding a sign with the T.E.P. logo and/or your name) and then driven to the hotel. Depending on your arrival time, you will have some free time today to explore Kathmandu on your own. Later in the evening, you will enjoy a festive meal at one of our favorite restaurants in the city. This will be an excellent introduction to the vibrant local cuisine and culture, and will also help set the mood for an exciting adventure ahead!

Day 2: Kathmandu Tour

Day 2: explore kathmandu.

Get ready for real cultural immersion today as you spend the day on a guided sightseeing tour of Kathmandu. We begin by exploring two UNESCO World Heritage Sites.

The first is Pashupatinath, a sacred Hindu temple complex located on the banks of the Bagmati River, which includes an array of temples, ashrams, sacred images, and inscriptions. We will spend some time walking around the grounds before driving to Boudhanath, our second stop for the day.

Boudhanath is home to one of the largest stupas in Nepal, which dominates the skyline. Marking an ancient trade route from Tibet, the structure is a subject of many local legends, its construction having been dictated by the landing place of a flying hen. Many of Nepal’s most sacred sites have similar origin stories, revolving around interactions between the sacred, the natural world, and humankind. At Boudhanath, we will enjoy a group lunch and then a walking tour of the site. Eventually, at the conclusion of the tour, you will be driven back to the hotel.

Later in the afternoon, your guides will conduct a 45 – 60 minute pre-trek briefing at the hotel. Following the briefing/orientation, you will have free time to get dinner and explore the city even more! In your free time, you may want to walk to Durbar Square, in front of the old royal palace. Dating back to the third century, it is a site that has housed many generations of Nepalese royalty, including the Malla and Shah dynasties.

Day 3: Kathmandu to Lukla, then Trek to Phakding

Day 3: travel to lukla, then trek to phakding.

Today, you will finally be able to start one of the world’s most exciting adventures: the Everest Base Camp trek! After a very early morning start you will be driven from the hotel to Ramechhap Airport, several hours east of Kathmandu, where you will board a short flight to Lukla Airport (also known as Tenzing-Hillary Airport).

After exiting the airport, you will link up with the trail team (guides & porters) and then head to a nearby lodge in Lukla (9,300 feet / 2,835 meters). While there, you can change, use bathrooms, enjoy some tea and snacks, top off water bottles, and more as you prepare for the imminent start of the trek.

Once everyone is ready we will begin the trek around 9:30 or 10:00 AM, passing Chauri Kharka village and heading north. You will soon enjoy breathtaking views of the Dhudh Kosi River at the base of the valley. Snow-capped Himalayan mountains will provide the ultimate backdrop as you approach your evening’s stay at a tea house in Phakding.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 5.6 miles / 9 kilometers (over ~4-5 hours)

Day 4: Trek to Namche Bazaar

Begin the day with breakfast with your fellow trekkers, before setting out north along the river again, crossing several bridges along the way. We will stop for lunch in Jorsale (9,200 feet / 2,804 meters) before continuing towards Namche Bazaar. Eat heartily, because the post-lunch section is fairly challenging (one of the trek’s toughest segments), with lots of switchbacks and an elevation gain of several hundred meters. Known as the gateway to Everest, Namche Bazaar (11,286 feet / 3,440 meters) is a particularly key trading hub, home to a variety of stores and other services. There will undoubtedly be plenty of color and life to enjoy in the town, set against the natural wonders of the impressive landscape.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~5-6 hours)

Day 5: Acclimatization Day in Namche Bazaar

Day 5: acclimatization day in namche bazaar (w/day hike).

Today is our first acclimatization day, as well as a chance to take in the beauty of some of the surrounding snowy peaks. These include Kwangde, Thamserku, and Kangtega, all over 19,700 feet / 6,000 meters. Following breakfast, we will do a day hike up past an old airstrip and through grassy alpine terrain to the Everest View Hotel (13,000 feet / 3,962 meters), one of the highest altitude hotels in the world. Once there, you can enjoy tea and snacks while absorbing the stunning views to the northeast of Ama Dablam (22,349 feet / 6,812 meters), Nuptse (25,791 feet / 7,861 meters), Lhotse (27,940 feet / 8,516 meters), and Mount Everest itself (29,029 feet / 8,848 meters).

Upon return to Namche Bazaar in the early afternoon, you will have a later lunch and then will have free time to explore the town and its vibrant Sherpa culture.

Day-hike distance: approximately 2.5 miles / 4 kilometers (~4 hours round-trip)

Day 6: Trek to Debouche

Today we leave Namche Bazaar and descend towards the Phunki Tenga Bridge over the Dhudh Kosi River, on our way to Debouche (12,533 feet / 3,820 meters). Eventually, we will stop for lunch near some stupas, as a short respite from the narrow and steep path towards Tengboche, a small monastic village. Don’t forget to look up from the trail occasionally, because you will be able to see Mount Everest in the distance!

The Tengboche monastery – which we will be able to visit when we pass through the village – is the largest of its kind in the Khumbu region. While the original structure has been all but lost to earthquake and fire, the rebuilding was possible thanks to the contributions of patrons from around the world. Tibetan painter Tarke-la’s work now decorates the sanctum, and you’ll also see many inscribed stones and prayer flags fluttering around the mountain village. You may even be lucky enough to encounter the monks who live and pray here.

After leaving Tengboche, we will continue hiking about half an hour down to the rhododendron forests of Debouche, where we will spend the night. You will be able to enjoy incredible views of the snow-capped peaks of Tawoche to the west and Ama Dablam to the east.

Day 7: Trek to Dingboche

From Debouche, today we will we make our way to Dingboche (14,304 feet / 4,360 meters). We pass through Pangboche and have lunch around the day’s halfway point – at around 4,000 meters altitude, where the treeline ends – before continuing up a gradual ascent to Dingboche. Along the way, you will again be able to spot Everest. In this area, you will also see a patchwork of fields against the mountainsides, where local farmers cultivate barley, buckwheat, and potatoes.

While in Dingboche, you will overlook the Imja River. The town features many kilometers of stone walls, covering much of the valley.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 8.1 miles / 13 kilometers (over ~4-5 hours)

Day 8: Acclimatization Day in Dingboche

Day 8: acclimatization day in dingboche (w/day hike).

Today, being an acclimatization day, features a day hike. We will wake up later (around 7:00 AM), have breakfast, and then depart for the hike around 9:00 AM. In order to help our legs and lungs get even more used to the altitude, we will spend a few hours round-trip hiking Nagarshang ridge (16,732 feet / 5,100 meters). Along the hike, you will enjoy excellent views of the surrounding area.

Upon return to Dingboche, the rest of the afternoon/evening is a leisure day for you to explore the small village as well as relax with your fellow trekkers. If you would like to do another short hike today, that is also an option. Dependent on weather, you could potentially visit Chukhung (15,518 feet / 4,730 meters) about two to three hours to the northeast, a place traditionally used to raise yak.

Day 9: Trek to Lobuche

A gentle ascent through alpine scrub and yak pastures today takes us first to Thukla (15,156 feet / 4,620 meters). As we hike above the Pheriche Valley, we will reach the Summiteers’ Memorial in Thukla Pass. This memorial, surrounded by dozens of colorful flags, pays tribute to the explorers who have come before. From this point, we will follow the trail north through a big valley towards Lobuche (16,175 feet / 4,930 meters).

Daily trekking distance: approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~4-5 hours)

Day 10: Trek to Gorakshep, then Everest Base Camp

Today, you will finally reach Everest Base Camp!

The day’s journey begins with a roughly three hour hike towards Gorakshep (16,995 feet / 5,180 meters). Gorak Shep is a small village at the intersection of the Changri Shar and Khumbu glaciers.

After a quick lunch in Gorakshep, we follow the Khumbu Glacier northeast towards Everest Base Camp. This glacier flows at 164 feet / 50 meters per year, its melting ice creating a stream which eventually becomes the Dughla Waterfall. Looking out at the sheer scale of the glacier and the mountains that feed it, you’ll certainly be able to understand why these icy Himalayan watersheds are informally known as Earth’s “Third Pole.”

Upon eventually reaching Everest Base Camp (17,600 feet / 5,364 meters), you can revel in the extent of your achievements, take photos, and absorb the adventurous atmosphere. This final gateway to Mt. Everest is where Hillary and Norgay camped for two months before starting their historic climb. Later, you will return to the tea house in Gorakshep with a new appreciation for this unparalleled landscape.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~8 hours)

Day 11: Kalapathar Viewpoint, then Trek to Pheriche

As we prepare to head back south, we will first have an unparalleled opportunity to view Mt. Everest from up close one last time, from the Kalapathar viewpoint. To reach Kalapathar, we’ll have an early start (around 5:00 AM), then set out from the tea house in Gorakshep to gradually ascend a big ridge.

It will be grassy and open until we approach the viewpoint, where we will encounter more boulders and rockier terrain. Upon reaching the viewpoint – which marks the highest elevation point of the trip, at about ~18,000 feet / ~5,500 meters – you will be able to enjoy an incomparable view of Everest, and take prize-winning photographs! Next, we’ll return to Gorakshep to finish packing up, have breakfast, and then depart mid-morning for Pheriche (14,041 feet / 4,280 meters). We retrace our steps south, descending and enjoying increased oxygen saturation as we go!

The trail splits at Thukla (where we usually have lunch on this day) and we will take a slightly different route than we did a few days earlier, when we were heading north. The hike is very easy, through a long stretch of valley, affording us excellent views of Ama Dablam as well as other surrounding mountains. We should reach Pheriche later in the afternoon.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 9.3 miles / 15 kilometers (over ~8-9 hours)

Day 12: Trek to Tengboche

Today, we continue hiking south, following the river and enjoying lunch in Pangboche. We then continue on to Debouche and pass the nunnery, which is also the oldest Buddhist convent in Nepal. Although a 2015 earthquake damaged the building, the site has been rebuilt.

After passing through Debouche we continue a short distance to Tengboche, where we will rest for the night. Today’s hike is descending the entire time (except for a few hundred meters between Debouche and Tengboche at the end).

Daily trekking distance: approximately 6.2 miles / 10 kilometers (over ~5-6 hours)

Day 13: Trek to Namche Bazaar

Starting in the morning, we retrace our steps from several days ago until we reach Namche Bazaar, nestled in the hillside. Tenzing Norgay grew up nearby, and here you will see many local guides and porters who know this terrain better than anyone and who help non-local trekkers and climbers achieve their audacious goals in the Himalayas.

While in Namche Bazaar, you can shop at a local market, explore the town’s streets and architecture, or relax at a cozy bakery or cafe. If you have time, you could also visit the Sherpa Culture Museum. The town also features a pub that bills itself as the highest altitude Irish pub on the planet! ( note: if you choose to drink alcohol, please exercise caution/moderation as alcohol consumption at higher altitudes will affect you much faster than when you are at lower altitudes ).

Day 14: Trek to Phakding

As we continue our journey, today we will hike alongside the frigid waters of the Dhudh Kosi River. This river is fed by some of the enormous glaciers that you have experienced up close during this adventure.

While we trace the winding river, we will have lunch in Monjo. Later, we will continue to the village of Phakding, where we will stop to rest for the night.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~4-6 hours)

Day 15: Trek to Lukla

From Phakding, we begin our final full day of trekking. While hiking, you will be surrounded by stunning Himalayan scenery as well as in the excellent company of fellow adventurers. Eventually, we will reach Lukla in the afternoon. Once there, you will be able to enjoy a hearty lunch, shower, and relax at the conclusion of the trekking portion of this incredible journey!

Day 16: Return to Kathmandu

Day 16: return to kathmandu, nepal.

This morning we will wake up very early for a quick breakfast around 5:00 AM. Then, we will walk the short distance (5-10 minutes) to the Lukla Airport to catch a flight. Following the brief 15-20 minute flight to Ramechhap Airport, the group will board a private van/shuttle and drive several hours to Kathmandu. Later, upon returning to Kathmandu in the afternoon and refreshing at the hotel, you will have time to explore the city some more.

The Thamel District is certainly a great place to wander, its winding streets lined with shops, bars, restaurants, and more. The Garden of Dreams is also well worth a visit. Located next to the former royal palace, it is a small reserve in which to escape the bustle of the city, featuring greenery, pavilions, as well as decorative ponds.

For dinner, you could seek out an authentic thali . With variations common to much of South Asia, it is a hearty meal which includes rice and lentils, meat, and vegetable curry. Enjoy it, you’ve certainly earned it after the many days of trekking!

Day 17: Explore Kathmandu, then Farewell Dinner

Today is our final full day together, but there is still a lot for you to experience in the Kathmandu area: you might consider seeing some live music in Lazimpat, or visiting the Newa Chen house in northern Lalitpur to experience a 350 year-old Newari home, restored to its original beauty. Our local team can also provide additional recommendations for destinations and activities.

Be sure to explore as much of Kathmandu as you can, before gathering in the evening for our final meal together. Raise a glass to newfound friends, and also to your physical accomplishments and mileage! Finally, take a moment to reflect on the unique experience of having trekked through an incredible part of the world that most have only read about!

Day 18: Final Day in Nepal

Congratulations on a magnificent journey! Count yourself amongst the lucky few who have witnessed the majesty of Mt. Everest from up close. This story is now written into your own personal narrative, and we hope you will remember it for many years to come. Although it may be time to return home, we will all leave with an unforgettable experience to look back on – until your next adventure with us!

Please contact us for a complete detailed itinerary.

Customizing your everest base camp trek, 18 day & 14 day itinerary options.

In our standard itinerary, you spend 18 days in Nepal, starting and ending in Kathmandu. 13 of these days are spent ‘on the trail.’ You can review this full sample itinerary in the Itinerary Overview section of this webpage.

To shorten your Everest Base Camp trek, you can instead opt for a 14-day itinerary (featuring 9 days of trekking, instead of 13). This itinerary is identical to the 18-day itinerary up until Day 12, when you reach Pheriche as you head back south. There, you will take a helicopter to Kathmandu.* Once back in Kathmandu, the itinerary is similar to the final few days of the standard 18-day itinerary. This 14-day option omits most of the southbound return trip on foot (between Pheriche and the original start point of Lukla).

*Please note that pricing for the helicopter between Pheriche and Kathmandu is variable, contingent upon the number of passengers (up to 5 with bags). The helicopter pricing is also separate from the overall trip pricing.

Optional Trip Add-Ons

Optional everest base camp trip ‘add-ons’ [at additional cost].

* Important Notes: camping at Everest Base Camp is subject to availability. Furthermore, an overnight stay at E.B.C. means that there will not be enough time to ascend the Kalapathar Viewpoint on the following day (typically on Day 11 as described in the standard itinerary).
Flight over Mount Everest: soar above Everest in a fixed-wing plane, and enjoy incomparable views of the entire landscape ( what more is there to say! ).
Extra Nights in Kathmandu: if you would like to extend your time in Nepal, we are happy to help arrange additional nights in Kathmandu.

Are you interested in another activity or destination in Nepal that isn’t listed above? Planning to spend extra time in the region, or interested in specific travel dates? No problem. As experts in tailored trip planning, we can weave your interests and your timeframe into our customizable itineraries so that every detail of your extraordinary trip unfolds just the way you want it to.

Contact us today to get started customizing your dream trip to Nepal!

Ready to book call us, learn more below, traveler testimonials, read what people are saying about their once-in-a-lifetime travel experiences with the explorer’s passage:, allison (england):, “i had such a great time in nepal with tep. it was the best thing i have ever done”, adam (u.s.a.):, “everything went beyond smooth. it felt like there was a guardian angel over our shoulder the whole time. trip of a lifetime”.

↑ Click the logo to visit our TripAdvisor reviews page, and see why travelers trust our team with organizing their global adventures!

Accommodations in nepal, before and after your everest base camp trek, you can enjoy a comfortable stay at hotel marshyangdi, one of kathmandu’s best hotels (alternatively, a 5 star hotel option can be reserved instead – contact us for more details). during the trekking portion of the trip, you will stay overnight at ‘tea houses’ along the route. learn more about these trip accommodations below:, hotel marshyangdi in kathmandu, hotel marshyangdi | kathmandu, nepal.

Located in the attractive Thamel District and close to many city attractions, Hotel Marshyangdi is owned and operated by a family from Manang. Manang is a mountainous region of Nepal, and Marshyangdi means ‘raging river’ in the local Manangi dialect.

All rooms are air conditioned with en-suite bathrooms and internet available. The property also features a relaxing courtyard restaurant, a bar, and a café. Finally, breakfasts at the hotel are included during your stay.

Hotel website

An interior photo of a guest bedroom at Hotel Marshyangdi in Kathmandu, Nepal

Accommodations on the Route to Everest Base Camp

Accommodations on the trail to everest base camp: ‘tea houses’.

During the trekking portion of the adventure, the accommodations will be in tea houses that offer dormitory-style rooms with single and double bunk beds, comparable to many other mountain lodges/huts in other parts of the world.

The tea houses are typically equipped with running cold water and shared bathrooms in a separate section. At most of them, there are propane-fueled hot showers available to use for a small fee (typically $5-10 USD equivalent). It is usually possible to charge personal electronic devices in the common/dining areas, however they also charge a small fee for this (typically $5-10 USD equivalent).

An interior photo of a guest bedroom in a mountain tea house on the trail to Everest Base Camp in the Himalayas

What Sets Us Apart

Personal attention before your everest base camp trek.

There is no other operator in the travel industry that will provide the same level of personal attention before your adventure in Nepal. We get very involved with our travelers before each trip, by offering a series of pre-planning calls in the months and weeks before departure. This provides you with an opportunity to hear directly from us on preparation, trip experience, as well as training. It also gives you the platform to ask questions about any aspect of the trip.

Staff Support

Our knowledgeable support staff take care of the details of your in-country transportation, lodging, meals, cultural tours, and activities. We’ve even scheduled in a bit of free time for you to explore, relax, shop, or eat on your own. When you travel with The Explorer’s Passage, we ensure that every detail is handled.

Sustainability and Responsible Travel

The Explorer’s Passage is a proud member of Sustainable Travel International, a partner/supporter of the Leave No Trace Center for Outdoor Ethics, as well as a supporter of the Center for Responsible Travel (CREST). In addition to ‘Leave No Trace’ principles, the concepts of sustainability and responsible trekking are at the forefront of our Himalayan journeys. As part of this commitment, we: minimize single-use plastic; intentionally stay at smaller tea houses/lodges along the trekking route (they are generally more sustainability-oriented and less wasteful); minimize disruptions to wildlife and local Nepalese communities (this includes noise moderation near homesteads and villages); do not allow collecting of plants, rocks, or other items from the trail; and we only use authorized paths to prevent erosion and damage/disrespect to local sites.

Ready to Book? Contact Us

Everest base camp trek photos.

An image of colorful prayer flags adorning a sacred shrine in Durbar Square Kathmandu

More Trip Inspiration

Annapurna Circuit Trek

Salkantay Trek

Classic Machu Picchu Adventure

Everest Base Camp

Mount Kilimanjaro

Chilkoot Trail

Upper Mustang Trek

Virgen del Carmen

Base Camp Adventure

Email: [email protected]

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance

Everest base camp trek is the most popular trek in Nepal. It is one of the most desired and well-known trekking destination not only for Nepal but for the whole world. It is the most iconic trek you can do in Nepal. The Everest base camp trek distance might seem long. This distance depends on the route you take on the trek to the base camp.

During your hike to Everest base camp, you will conventionally cover about 130 km on average. Everest base camp trek distance might differ according to your itinerary. Through your hike, you will witness a variety of landscapes and breathtaking views of the mountains. You will be near the mountains like never before.

Everest base camp lies on the border of China and Nepal. The camps on both sides are permanent and trekking is possible from both sides. Although the base camps are constructed as a place of acclimatization before climbing up, trekking up to the base camp has been a major attraction. In this article, we will talk about the Everest base camp trek distance from the northern side i.e in Nepal.

Getting to the Everest Base Camp requires a minimum of 2 weeks. There might be a few days added according to your itinerary, weather or other circumstances. The hiking trail is moderate and requires efficient planning and execution.

Related Treks:

Jiri to Everest Base Camp Trek
Luxury Lodge Trek to Everest Base Camp

For any inquiries please contact us .

Full Name *
Contact Number
Your Message/Inquiry *

Day to Day Distance Guide to Everest Base Camp Trek

Lukla to phakding/monjo distance (day 01).

Phakding Distance : 8 km

Mojno Distance : 13 km

Walking Hours: 3-6 hrs

Max Elevation: 2,610 m

The destination for the first day is usually up to Phakding or Monjo. You need to arrive Lukla via flight between 7 am to 9 am, to hike up to the desired destination in a relaxed manner. The hike’s duration is about 3 to 5 hours . You will need to walk a few kilometers more or less depending on your final destination for the day; Phakding or Monjo.

The hike to Monjo is about 13km and the hike to Phakding is about 8 km. If your destination is Monjo, you will have to reach Phakding for lunch and continue the ascend. Make sure you are properly hydrated during your trek and do not rush or trek after sunset.

Phakding to Namche Distance (Day 2)

Distance : 8 km

Walking Hours: 4-5 hrs

Max Elevation: 3340 m

For day 2, you will gradually more towards Sagarmatha National Park. It is the official entrance to the most-awaited Everest base camp. The hike for day 2 is regarded as comparatively difficult. For the first part of your hike, you will cross a lot of narrow yet famous suspension bridges constructed in the steep mountains.

There is a lot of uphill treks on the first part. In the second half of the trek on this day, you will continue downhill to a flat route for some time. You have to walk about 8kms from Phakding to reach to the famous Sherpa Village- Namche. This small village is at an altitude of 3340 m and usually requires about 4-5 hours trek from Phakding to reach here.

Stay in Namche ( Day 3)

Distance : 1 km

Walking Hours : 1-2 hours Max Elevation : 3340m

For the third day of the trek is a day off from hiking. You will stay in Namche Bazaar to acclimatize yourself for higher altitudes. During the day you can stroll around the small village and buy necessary things for your ascend. You can also rent gear if you have forgotten any. Another important place to visit in this area is Namche Museum. It is about 1 to 2 hours hike back and forth from the main bazaar and offers a breathtaking view of the Mountain Everest and the surrounding peaks. You have enough time during the day to rest, hydrate and rejuvenate. The total distance you will walk to get to the museum is 1 km on average . The total distance you travel in the day will vary according to what you do in Namche Bazaar.

Namche to Tengboche Distance (Day 4)

Distance : 12km Walking Hours : 5 hours Max Elevation : 3900m

For the fourth day , the difficult treks start. It is one of the important acclimatization treks. You will have to hike a quite steep train behind Namche Bazaar. You will most likely experience a lack of oxygen. Many of you will only experience a headache but some might get severe symptoms like vomiting or fainting. It is therefore advised to take the necessary medication before the trek starts. On this trek, you will cross Shangbouche Airport and Shanbouche hill reach Tengboche for the night. The total distance you will travel today is about 12 km and will need to trek for about 5 hours to cover this distance. Most of the trail is ascending, which might be tiring, Therefore, carry enough water and food for the way. This place is at an altitude of about 3900m. If you reach the destination on time, make sure you visit the Tengboche Monastery.

Tengboche to Dingboche Distance (Day 5)

Distance : 12km Walking Hours : 5-6 hours Max Elevation : 4400m

On the fifth day of the hike to Everest base camp , you will trek from Tengboche to Dingboche. The starting of the trek is downhill which gradually continues to a varied uphill and down the hill. You will reach Pangbouche for lunch. This usually takes about 2 to 3 hours . The trek from Pangbouche is a gradual uphill towards an Island peak. You will reach an altitude of 4400m when you reach Dingboche. The total distance you have to walk is about 12kms and requires about 5 hours on average to reach the final destination from Tengboche. As you reach Dingboche, you will reward yourself with splendid views of the mountains like lotse, Amadablam, and Taboche.

Acclimatization Day in Dingboche (Day 6)

Distance : 2kms Walking Hours : 1 hour Max Elevation : 4400m

The sixth day of the hike is another important acclimatization day. It is important your you stay in this height and prepare your body for higher altitude. There will not be a lot of tiring activities listed for today. The distance we will travel on this day is about 500m, where you will reach a high point. It is important for the acclimatization process as well as for observing the mountains. The stop at the high point is about 30 mins. You will reach Dingboche for lunch. The total distance you will travel is 2 km. You will have a lot of time to relax and prepare yourself for the higher altitude on this day.

Dingboche to Lobuche Distance (Day 7)

Distance : 12kms Walking hours : 5 hours Max Elevation : 4900m

The destination for the sixth day is to reach Lobuche. This place is at an altitude of 4900m . From Dingboche, the trail heads towards the Khumbu valley and to the exotic valley of Dugla. Douglas will be our destination for lunch and a long resting spot. It usually requires about 2 hours to get here. After this, you will have to walk for about 3 more hours crossing Thukla pass to the Everest memorial before reaching Lobuche. The total distance you will cover today is about 12kms and the total time required is about 5 hours with plenty of stops on the way.

Lobuche to Gorak Shep and Everest Base Camp Distance ( Day 8)

Distance : 10kms Walking Hours: 7 hours Max elevation: 5180m

For the eighth day of the trek, you will trek from Lobuche to Gorak Shep. The trail leading to Gorak Shep is extremely beautiful and unique. You will cross a lot of Glaciers on the way. The trail to Gorak Shep usually requires about 3 hours on averag e. Once you reach the destination, you will have lunch and catch a breath for a short time before trekking up to Everest Base Camp, the most awaited place. It requires an additional 2-3 hours to reach the Everest Base Camp. After enjoying the base camp, we will need to return to Gorak Shep to spend the night. The total distance you will have to travel about 10 km at an altitude of roughly 5180m . It is a long trek and might be quite challenging.

Gorak Shep to Kalapatthar and to Dingboche Distance (Day 9)

Distance: 18 km Walking Hours: 7 hours Max Elevation: 5180m

On the ninth day of the hike, if you are ready, we will start descending back. From Gorak Shep, we will leave early in the morning to Kala Pattar to see the sunrise from Everest and observe panoramic views of the mountains. Although the trek is about 3 hours uphill, it is completely worth it. We will return to Gorak Shep and trek back to Dingboche for the night. It takes about 7 hours on total to complete this hike. You will walk for about 18kms today. As you are descending, it will not be as challenging as you experienced on other days.

Dingboche to Namche Bazaar Distance (Day 10)

Distance : 22 km Walking Hours: 8-9 hours Max elevation: 4400m

For today’s trek, you need to cover about 22 km . The goal is to reach Namche Bazaar. You can cover the ground quickly as you head downhill and therefore covering this distance s possible. It will take approximately 8 to 9 hours to hike back to the Sherpa village. As you get to Namche Bazaar, you will have a lot of variety of food available for you. You can buy necessary items like souvenirs and gifts from the shops here.

Namche Bazaar to Lukla Distance ( Day 11)

Distance : 21 km Walking Hours : 8 hours Max Elevation : 3340m

This is the last day of long-distance walking. It is usually the hardest day of the trek as your body will tire itself from the continuous trek to Everest base camp. You will descend to Lukla from Namche Bazaar. The total distance you have to travel is about 21km and can take up to 8 hours.

Lukla to Kathmandu (Day 12)

Distance : few hundred meters Walking Hours : 0.15 hours Max Elevation : 2860m Flight distance : 136 km Flight time : 35 minutes

Today is the last day for you in Everest region . You will fly back to Kathmandu from Lukla airport. As you are staying in Lukla, you will need to walk for about 15 minutes on average to reach the airport.

Distance Might Differ if you Take Alternative Route

Ebc and gokyo lakes trek – 16 days.

Everest Base Camp trek distance as well as duration increases if you decide to visit Gokyo lake as well. It is a strenuous trail that goes through the Cho La pass. While descending from Gorak Shep, you will descend to Dzongla via Kala Patthar. Dzongla is at an altitude of 4830 m and this trek requires about 6-7 hours. The distance from Gorak Shep to Kalapathar is about 1.5 km and the distance from Gorak Shep to Dzongla is about 10 km.

After a night in Dzongla, we will trek to Cho La Pass and to Gokyo Ri. This hike takes about 8 hours. The total distance you have to trek is about 12.5 km more than standard EBC trail. After spending the night in Gokyo, you will reach Lukla after three days.

Everest Base Camp Trek with Island Peak Climbing – 20 Days

Everest Base Camp Trek along with Island Peak Climbing is a trip in which you will get to climb one of the most beautiful peaks in the wild Himalayas. This peak is 6189m high and is situated in Imji valley.

For this trek, while descending back from Everest you will go trek to Chukung from Dingboche and spend the night there. This place is at an altitude of 4750m and takes about 2-3 hours. It is about 5 km far from Dingboche.

The next day you will trek from Chukung to the Island base camp. This base camp is at 5080m above sea level and takes about 6 hours to get there. On average you have to walk about 5km but it the route is strenuous uphill. The next day is the day you climb the Island Peak and will return back to Chukung. Then in approximately 3 days of continuous hiking, you will reach Lukla Airport through Deboche and Namche.

Jiri to Everest Base Camp Trek – 21 Days

Jiri to Everest Base Camp trek is a lengthy but moderately difficult trek for people who want to explore the Himalayan region properly. It is a challenging trek designed for physically fit people. This is an alternative route to the famous Everest base camp trek from Lukla.

For this route, your trek begins from Jiri. Jiri is about 8 hours drive from the capital city. From Jiri you will trek for about 5 hours and reach Sete village. On the sixth day from Jiri you will reach Phakding via Junbesi, Nunthala, Khari Khola and Surkhe. The total distance you have to walk via this route for about 185km .

Everest Base Camp Trek with Helicopter Return – 9 Days

Everest Base Camp Trek via helicopter is a trek for people who aim to complete the trip in a comparative luxury or for people who have a short time to visit. In this trek, you will fly back via helicopter and therefore only have to trek your way up to the base camp. You will need about a week to walk from Lukla to Everest base camp. The average distance for this trek is about 60 km .

Everest Three Pass Trek – 18 Days

Everest three pass trek is one of the most challenging and most unique experience one can ever gather in the Khumbu region. You have to pass through three high altitude passes – Kongma (5535m), Cho La (5420m) and Renjo La ( 5360m). The beginning of the trek is just like the famous base camp trek. On your way to Everest base camp, you will have crossed the Kongma pass to reach Lobuche.

While descending you will take trek to Gokyo ri and walk through the Cho La Pass. The last pass, the Renjo pass, is crossed while walking towards Namche from Gokyo Ri. After walking about 60km from Lukla, you can reach the Everest Base Camp. If you aim to walk these three high passes, you will need to walk about 50km more .

4+3=? * Solve above and submit button will appear!!!

Annapurna Circuit Trek Weather And Temperature

Upper Mustang Trek – 10 Days

Nepal Tea House Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek – A complete Guide

For Everest Base Camp Trek, take a short spooky flight above the mountain hill to Lukla, and follow the footsteps of legendary trekkers and climbers to achieve this uniquely distinctive and iconic adventure journey.

Everest Base Camp Trek Facts

Required Trip Duration : 12 days
Trek Difficulty: Moderate
Highest Altitude : 5545m (Kalapathar viewpoint)
Distance : 120 km/75 miles
Accommodation: Teahouse
Guide and Porter: Both are not mandatory. You can go independently or can hire a guide and porter to support you and make your trip easy and joyful
Required permits: Local government tax and Sagarmatha National Park Permit
Best Time to Trek to EBC : March to May(Spring) and September to November(Autumn)
Start and End Point: Kathmandu to Kathmandu

Highlights of EBC Trek

Explore lifestyles and culture of Local sherpa communities
Astounding mountain views of Towering peaks including the highest Mt Everest (8848m), Lhotse (8,516m), Makalu (8,463m), and Cho Oyo (8,201m)
Explore Sagarmatha National Park, Mani wall, Gompas, Prayers flags, Prayers wheels, and high suspension bridges
Visit Ancient Tengboche Monastery – the biggest monastery in the region
Highest glacier on Earth – Khumbu Glacier
Diversity of flora and fauna along with wildlife – Colorful Pheasants, Musk Deer, Himalayan Thar, and Snow Leopard

Everest Base Camp Trek Overview

Everest Base Camp Trek has been a goal of thousands of novice, independent and anxious trekkers all around the world. Here you can get the genuine and honest facts of this trek before you come to achieve it. So, feel easy to ask if you have any queries regarding this trek.

In this article, you’ll get general ideas of the overview of Everest Base Camp Trek along with itinerary, health requirements, packing list, permits, and frequently asked questions. Indeed, this article is especially for backpackers who want to trek to Everest Base Camp on their own path.

Basically, Mt Everest has two base camps – one is on the Nepal side and another is on Tibet, China side. But Everest Base Camp Trek is a wonderful trip that begins from Lukla to approach Mt. Everest closer to reaching Everest Base Camp (5364 m) and Kala Pathar (5545 m). It literally means the trek lies in Nepal and reaches to South Base Camp of Mt Everest. This iconic journey leads you through a few Sherpa villages in Khumbu, offering the beauty of the Sagarmatha National Park. Meanwhile, you will be delighted with a mesmerizing view of the dignified mountains above 8000 m. Mt Lhotse, Mt Nuptse, Mt Cho Oyu, Mt Makalu, and Mt Ama Dablam are the major peaks that you can observe on this trek. You can also observe the customs and traditions of Local Sherpa people along with their lifestyle.

The trek covers a distance of 130 Kilometers beginning and ending in Lukla. To find out more, you can visit our article Everest Base Camp Trek Distance .

To reach Kalapathar is this trek’s ultimate destination, which is elevated 5545 m above sea level. Therefore, Everest Base Camp Trek is also known as Everest Kalapathar Trek .

The trip begins from Kathmandu, however, the trek starts from Lukla. Alternatively, one can choose Jiri to EBC route to avoid the Lukla flight. But it requires 4-5 more days than Lukla to EBC route.

If you don’t wish to do such a long exhausting journey but want to see Mt Everest from closer, then Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour can be another best alternative way to see Mt Everest for you.

Check out 5 different trekking itineraries for Everest Base Camp

Everest Base Camp Trek Route Map

Below, you can view an overall map of Everest Base Camp Trek.

There are several maps you can get on premium online. Instead, you can buy it after you arrive in Kathmandu.

Click here to see the pictorial map

Detailed itinerary of EBC Trek

Day 01 arrival in kathmandu (1350m/4429feet).

If you have booked your trip with us or any tour operator either local or international, there will be one of their members to pick you up as per your and the tour operator’s understanding. If not, then you can find a Taxi there. But you have to do an agreement on the price before getting into the Taxi. Meter is rarely used by them.

We can suggest you book a hotel around Thamel as there are many hotels that range from Budget to Standard level. If you arrive in Kathmandu earlier, then you can even visit around Thamel .

Elevation Gain: 1310 m

Day 02 Fly to Lukla (2880m/9448feet), then trek to Phakding (2610m/8563feet)

Flying in a short scary domestic flight to Lukla and following the bank of Dhudhkoshi River crossing a few quizzical suspension bridges, you arrive at a small Sherpa Village called Phakding by 2-3 hours walk. Here it will be your first mountain overnight.

Either your tour operator will arrange the flight ticket for you or you should purchase the tickets at the airport. However, the ticket can be unavailable during peak trekking and climbing seasons. So, it would be better to buy tickets earlier either through a travel agency or directly from the airline’s website. Basically, the Lukla flight ticket costs around 280 USD which includes a return ticket as well.

There are chances of cancellation of Lukla’s flight due to bad weather. So, we recommend you make a flexible itinerary as much as it is possible. Having one or two spare days would be better.

Elevation Gain: 2880 m Lukla, and 2610 m Phakding

Day 03 Trek to Namche Bazaar (3440m/11286feet)

2 suspension bridges on the way to Everest Base Camp Trek close at Namche Bazaar

Today, you will be trekking through some local villages like Monjo, Jorsalle, etc till reaching Namche Bazaar – The biggest Sherpa town in the region. You can cut your lunchtime in Monjo as many trekkers do. From here, you will be entering Sagarmatha National Park which is home to many endangered wild animals. It has been also enlisted in UNESCO WORLD Heritage Site.

You will take a steep hike to Namche Bazaar after passing Jorsalle. It will take you 2 hours approx to reach Namche Bazaar. You will have enough time to visit Namche Bazaar and see the small markets.

From Namche Bazaar, the Everest Three High Passes Trekking route separates and moves toward Thame village which follows the path to Renjo La Pass, while the EBC route goes to Tengboche.

Elevation Gain: 3440 m

Day 04 Acclimatization day in Namche Bazaar

Reaching 3440 m altitude above sea level, anyone could suffer from altitude sickness problems. So, Namche is a great stop for acclimatization for Everest Trekkers. It will offer an opportunity to explore the village from near.

Trekkers enjoying mountain view from Everest Hotel

In addition, many love to hike to Everest View Hotel to see a glimpse of Mt Everest and the surrounding mountains. You can chill here by having a cup of tea or coffee ; you also can snap awe-inspiring pictures of Mt Ama Dablam in the foreground while Mt Everest will be in the background if the sky is crystal clear. Besides that, the hotel provides WiFi that enables you to contact your relatives and share how you are feeling.

Day 05 Trek to Tengboche (2860m/12664feet)

Tengboche Monastery situated on the way to Everest Base Camp Trek

Today, you will be heading toward Tengboche, the home of one of the largest monasteries in Khumbu i.e Thyangboche Monastery. It is a mixture of great architecture and color that has a history of over 500 years.

Elevation Gain: 3860 m

Day 06 Trek to Dingboche (4410m/14468feet)

Spectacular view of Mt Ama Dablam 6812 m

On the 6th day, either you will head to Dingboche or Pheriche. The way follows the same path until it reaches Worshyo Village. It then separates – one way goes to Pheriche and another to Dingboche. I always advise choosing Dingboche when you are going toward EBC. If you are coming down, then staying in Pheruche would be good. From Dingboche, Ama Dablam mountain is very closer. A way goes toward Chhukung from Dingboche that traces a path to Island Peak Climbing . However, the next day, we will not take our path to Chhukung because the EBC trek moves toward Lobuche.

In fact, the EBC route from Dingboche or Pheriche, both meet at the same point i.e Dughla, then approach the Lobuche where you will spend your 7th overnight stay at the mountain.

Elevation Gain: 4410 m

Day 07 Trek to Lobuche (4940m/16207feet)

As I already mentioned that your path from Pheriche or Dingboche meets at Dughla village, and head toward Lobuche having extraordinary scenery of mountains. Within 5-6 hours, you will be at Lobuche village.

Elevation Gain: 4940 m

Day 08 Trek to Everest Base Camp (5364m/17598feet)

From Lobuche, you walk through a rough rocky terrain path passing Gorakshep. You will spend 40 minutes approx in EBC enjoying and collecting the view of Nuptse, Lhotse, Pumori, etc mountains. Thereafter you come back to Gorakshep for an overnight stay.

Elevation Gain: 5364 m

Day 09 Kalapathar Hike (5545m/18192feet) and trek back to Pheruche

Approximately 2 hours hike to Kalapathar will wonder you today when you reach there. Kalapathar is the optimal viewpoint of Mt Everest and its neighboring mountains. After spending 30 minutes, you then will come down to Gorakshep and may have lunch before moving down to Pheriche.

Elevation Gain: 5545 m

Day 10 Trek back to Namche Bazaar

When you will be coming down to Namche via Tengboche, keep your camera ready to capture beautiful photos of rhododendron forests.

Day 11 Trek back to Lukla

You will walk approximately 6 hours today to come back to Lukla. Then you may celebrate the night with your team as you succeed in the EBC trek.

Day 12 Fly back to Kathmandu

Take a short flight from Lukla to Kathmandu in the morning and the rest of the day will be on your hand. You can spend how you want to. You may visit around Thamel or may go for 1-day heritage sightseeing in Kathmandu valley.

Everest Base Camp Transport

Generally, you will take either taxi or a private vehicle to go to Tribhuvan International Airport as it is the only airport that conducts a Lukla flight. However, the roads of Kathmandu are very congested, so as you can say it is badly regulated and has the poor condition of transportation. In case you choose to trek Everest Base Camp via Jiri Route, then you need a standard vehicle and driver for all your transfers. In the monsoon season, the hilly roads of Nepal are prone to landslides and accidents.

Foods and Accommodation for EBC Trek

Unlike the luxury hotel in a city like Kathmandu, you will not get a wide variety of meal menus during the Everest Base Camp Trek.

You get to have a few options of food while Dal Bhat Tarakari will be the favorite of many people as it is also a common and national meal in Nepal. Dal Bhat is provided by a teahouse that also serves as accommodation for trekkers. Basically, they provide a twin-shared room with separate beds. Likewise, some lodge base teahouses do also provide hot showers, and can also serve laundry service charging a small fee.

What type of hotel can we find in Kathmandu city?

There is a wide variety of hotels ranging from 2 star – to 5-star in Kathmandu valley. Even you can get a very normal hotel around Thamel – a tourist center of Kathmandu.

Is it possible to book a tea house room by yourself?

It is a little bit hard to book a teahouse room in advance by an independent trekker. There are a few reasons behind these conditions:

Trekkers might not have enough contact information about the teahouses
If trekkers try booking the room by contacting teahouses, there is no guarantee of room booking. Because it is a remote area where almost all of the teahouses do not have an online booking system. So, they can’t be sure whether it is an original or fake booking.

On the contrary, trekking companies and guides do have more and better relationships with teahouses. Hence, they can arrange teahouses in a better way.

Note: You can’t expect high facilities in the tea house.

EBC Trek difficulty and health requirements

It is considered to be a moderate trek although it accesses Kalapathar which is 5545 m above sea level. Nevertheless, you should not take it so easily as many people have got altitude sickness while trekking in Everest.

To overcome the chances of altitude sickness , you need to do some physical activities at least 10-15 days prior to the trek. It would have been far better if you have already hiked some mountains. It may be applicable for those people who have been living just close to the height of sea level.

Basically, you need to be physically and mentally fit to trekking to Everest Base Camp. It does not require any mountaineering skills as it only passes through terrain land and hikes to the steep hill.

Kathmandu to Lukla Flight Cancellation

Since the classic Everest Trail begins from Lukla, we need to take a short flight to Lukla from Kathmandu. It only takes 40 minutes approx to arrive at Lukla from Kathmandu. Nevertheless, no one can be 100% sure about the weather in the Himalayas. It might be changed anytime. Consequently, the Lukla flight may be canceled or can not be landed on Lukla.

Therefore, I would like to suggest everyone add 1 or 2 spare days in order to ensure your trekking on Everest. Alternatively, there is the possibility of helicopter service in a group joining spending some money. The helicopter service charges may range from $300 to $500 for each of the members. In a helicopter, there will be a maximum of 5 members at a time.

Everest Base Camp Trek Permits

The basic required permits for Everest Base Camp Trek are listed below:

Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance Fee

Sagarmatha National Park Entry Fee

TIMS (Trekking Information Management System) fee

The first two permits are now the must-require permits. However, about the third permit – TIMS, there are a lot of controversies still going on. But you are allowed to trek just having Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance and Sagarmatha National Park Entry permits.

You can’t get this permit in Kathmandu. It is like a replacement of a TIMS permit which is directly collected by Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality. It can be obtained either in Lukla or in Monjo Village.

Cost: Rs 2000 per person

It is another must-required permit that can be obtained in Kathmandu at Nepal Tourism Board or in Monjo village just prior to entering the National Park.

Cost: Rs 3000 per person

Note: If you are planning to trek from Jiri to Everest, then you need an additional permit i.e Gaurishankar Conservation Area Permit. Because you will be passing through Gaurishankar Conservation Area which also costs Rs. 3000 and it also can be obtained in Kathmandu.

What documents are required to issue Everest Base Camp Trek permits?

It is enough to have valid passport details to issue the permits to trek to Everest. But all permits are only for a single entry and once the permits are issued, they can not be refunded.

FAQs of Everest Base Camp Trek

How safe is it to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Safety concern on EBC Trek depends upon a variety of aspects. But In comparison to Everest Climbing, Everest Base Camp Trek is very safe. However, it still poses some risks due to the high altitude as written above.

Apart from the geographical scenarios, the political situation also matters in your safety zone while you are traveling to a particular place.

Before 2008, there used to be a Maoist problem – a form of a political party. But now they are also a part of the Nepali Government. After the comprehensive peace agreement, they are now in parliament. So that this problem no longer exists.

What to pack for trekking in Everest Base Camp?

Normally, you need to bring basic hiking gear, such as walking poles, hiking boots (preferably shoes), lightweight t-shirts, hiking pants, a down jacket, sleeping bags, and so on. For detail about the gears, just click here .

What is the Best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Basically, trekking in EBC is open all the time year. However, March to May and September to November are the best time to trek in Everest Base Camp because, in these months, the weather and climate in EBC become as good as a trip requires.

Why hire a local guide for Everest Base Camp Trek?

An interpretive local guide will enhance your valuable time in the mountain. They are very knowledgeable about mountain conditions, weather, avalanches, and other potential hazards. In order to keep you safe on the mountain, they will be passionate about sharing their knowledge of your surroundings.

Is Travel Insurance necessary for Everest Base Camp Trek?

To protect your travel investment, you must have travel insurance for Everest Base Camp Trek ; it should cover helicopter evacuation and medical repatriation. Although it is a moderate trek, it goes up to 5545 m above sea level. In such conditions, some trekkers can suffer from high altitude sickness which can be life-threatening too. Sometimes, trekkers need helicopter rescue. So, if you have travel insurance, it will save you money.

Will there be access to any communication medium in Everest Base Camp?

Definitely, you can take Nepali SIM cards – NCELL or NTC. It often works in most areas. You can enable Internet Data Service on your sim card which makes you unable to communicate with your international friends. In remote areas, the data service of NCELL is better than NTC. Otherwise, Paid WIFI service is available in some of the teahouses. They take nearly $1 USD to use the internet service.

“But keep in mind not to forget to bring a power bank for your mobile phone” Although teahouses do have the facility of electronic device charging, they may charge a few amounts for it.

Is a private trip possible for Everest Base Camp Trek?

Yes, you can book your private trip. But it may cost a little bit higher than the group trek. Almost all of the trekking agencies do organize private trips to Everest Base Camp.

Is it necessary to hire a guide and porter to trek to Everest Base Camp?

No, it is not compulsory to hire a guide and porter for Everest Base Camp Trek. However, a guide and porter can be good company for the whole trip as they will take care of you; help you to get safe, and get better teahouses and food. They can give detailed information and safety precaution about the trail and region. Even some of the guides and porters entertain tourists by singing and dancing.

A Porter will carry your luggage weight of up to 15 – 20 kg. It is not a joke to carry that much weight in such a king of rough trails and altitude.

Note: In Nepal, a guide is a must only for those trails which lie in certain areas called restricted zones by the government of Nepal. Such as Manaslu Circuit Trek , Upper Mustang Trek, etc.

Do I need a porter for the trek to Everest?

I never say that a porter is a must needed for the EBC trek. However, having a porter may let you enjoy the trip twice better than a porter-less trip. A porter will carry your luggage and let you enjoy your journey pleasantly.

Small earnings from you become helpful for them and it improves the income of local communities of the mountain area.

How much does it cost to hire a guide and porter?

The basic salary of a guide ranges from USD $15 – $25 per day. Likewise, it costs $12 – $15 per day to hire a porter. If you buy a complete package trip from a trekking agency, then they will provide a guide and porter accordingly.

Is natural water drinkable on Everest Trail?

We don’t suggest you drink tap water or any water from natural streams. However, you can use a water purifier if you really want to drink that. Instead, mineral water can be found in teahouses on the trail but that is nearly 10 times more expensive to buy than in Kathmandu.

What is the right cost to trek Everest Base Camp?

The cost of an EBC trek varies on the trip type, trekking trails, and the trekker’s own behavior. But the best reasonable cost of Everest Base Camp Trek is about $1400 – $1600. This cost can cover all your food, accommodation, guide and porter, permits, and domestic flights to Lukla. Follow this link for a detailed cost estimation of the Everest Base Camp Trek .

How much does it cost to trek to Everest Base Camp for Indians?

For Indians, it is not the budget of Everest Base Camp Trek that far different than any other nation. However, Indian nationals will get Kathmandu to Lukla flights at a cheaper price than any other nationals. And Sagarmatha National Park Entry fees are only Rs 1500 for an Indian citizen, whereas it costs Rs 3390 for each person.

Can I sleep at Everest Base Camp?

No, you can’t sleep in Everest Base Camp. There is no tea house in Everest Base Camp. On the other hand, trekkers are not allowed to stay at base camp. Only climbers who are summiting Everest can stay at Everest Base Camp.

Do I need to take Oxygen on this trek?

Generally, it is not necessary to take oxygen for this trek. You just need to walk at your own pace and should not get horrid while trekking to Everest Base Camp. However, a well-managed trekking company always brings oxygen as a medical backup to ensure first-aid support for their clients.

What is the temperature at Everest Base Camp?

The weather and temperature of Everest Base Camp are extreme. It ranges from 20 degrees Celsius in summer to -5 degrees Celsius in winter in the daytime throughout the year. But at night, it can reach up to -20 degrees in winter and 4 degrees in summer.

Once you reach Lukla, you will feel a decrease in temperature in the air as you are already at the height of 2800 m above sea level. Again when you go up and up, then the temperature further drops.

Is there any age limit to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Not exactly, the government of Nepal has not defined any age limit for Everest Base Camp Trek. All can plan to trek to Everest Base Camp. However, considering the high altitude and difficulty level of the trek, it is most probably best doable for those who are 14 to 65 years old.

Is there road access to South Everest Base Camp?

There are only trekking trails that take you to the Everest Base Camp. The road access has not reached to Khumbu region yet instead it only reaches the Solu region.

Can Everest Base Camp Trek be an educational trip?

Yes, it can be an educational trip because Everest Base Camp Trek is not only an adventure journey, but it also covers cultural and traditional aspects of the Khumbu region, Nepal. The region is the home of Sherpa communities. Throughout this journey, travelers can explore a few Sherpa inhabitants and the museum of Khumbu Region – Sagarmatha National Park Museum. Moreover, you can study the lifestyle of mountain people before and now.

How to book Everest Base Camp Trek?

To book Everest Base Camp Trek, you can contact us . We provide budget and luxurious both sort of Everest Base Camp Trek. We assure you that you will definitely love our service.

Climbers are on the way to Island Peak summit

Podcast of EBC Trek

Latest features.

The latest articles, galleries, quizzes and videos.

Everest Base Camp Trek in February

February is considered to be Off-season for trekking in Nepal due to cold temperatures and foggy weather in the whole country. If you are thinking of Everest Base Camp Trek in February but have some dilemma on your mind, this is the right place where you will get all your answers. Why trek Everest Base…

Island Peak Climbing – A Complete Guide

Island Peak Climbing is an expedition of glacier travel, snow and ice climbing and trekking in the Khumbu region which goes through some tiny ethnic Sherpa villages with Sagarmatha National Park. Highlights of Island Peak Climbing Climbing Island Peak also known as Imja Tse offers a great opportunity to experience the worlds’ impressive mountain range…

Inca Trail to Machu Picchu Vs Everest Base Camp Trek

Are you in dilemma to choose among Inca Trail or Everest Base Camp Trek ? It is really a very hard to compare between these two. However, there are various differences between them that you can experience. We have pointed some differences between Inca Trail and Everest Base Camp Trek in the below: Inca Trail…

Mera Peak Climbing – A complete guide

Mera Peak is an inimitable trekking peak for novice adventurers although the peak is 6476 m high from the sea level. At this altitude, the air contains a low level of oxygen what it lies on sea level. So, we don’t recommend you to Mera Peak Climbing if you have not hiked above 3000 m…

Pristine Nepal Treks

Explore, Trek, and Experience Nepal's Best

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance: Complete Overview

everest-base-camp-trek-distance-overview

Nestled amidst the towering peaks of the Himalayas, the Everest Base Camp Trek is a mesmerizing adventure that beckons trekkers from around the globe. This iconic journey offers an unparalleled opportunity to witness the awe-inspiring grandeur of Mount Everest, the highest peak on Earth, and immerse oneself in the breathtaking beauty of the surrounding landscapes. As we embark on this exhilarating expedition, we are not only enthralled by the challenge it poses but also captivated by the profound serenity of the remote Himalayan region. The Everest Base Camp Trek Distance is a great curiosity and intriguing topic for trekkers and outdoor enthusiasts planning to take on this remarkable feat. Covering a vast expanse of rugged terrain and diverse ecosystems, this trek is an epic pilgrimage that allows us to trace the footsteps of legendary mountaineers and explorers who have dared to conquer the world’s mightiest summit.

Stretching through the heart of the Khumbu Valley in Nepal, the trek presents an unforgettable odyssey, unveiling the raw magnificence of the Himalayan realm. The trail meanders through ancient Sherpa villages, where traditions and culture have stood the test of time, offering a glimpse into the local way of life. From lush green forests to rocky moraines, cascading rivers to frozen glaciers, the landscape transforms dramatically, unfolding a symphony of natural wonders at every turn.

In this blog, we will delve into the details of the Everest Base Camp Trek Distance, shedding light on the various routes trekkers can take and the average length of the journey. We will also discuss the challenges and rewards that come hand in hand with this extraordinary expedition, as well as essential tips and preparations for a safe and fulfilling trekking experience.

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance

The total Everest Base Camp Trek Distance is 130 Kilometers approx / 81 miles approx. This is based on the standard 12-day itinerary from Lukla to Everest Base Camp to Lukla.

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary with Distance

Lukla to Phakding. Distance: 8 km/ 4.9 miles.

Phakding to Namche Bazaar. Distance: 11 km/ 6.8 miles.

Namche Bazaar to Tengboche. Distance: 11 km/ 6.8 miles.

Tengboche to Dingboche. Distance: 10.5 km/ 6.5 miles.

Dingboche to Lobuche. Distance: 9 km/ 5.5 miles.

Lobuche to Gorakshep to Everest Base Camp to Gorakshep. Distance: 12 km/ 7.4 miles.

Gorakshep to Kalapatthar back to Gorakshep. Then continue the trek to Pheriche. Distance: 16 km/ 9.9 miles.

Pheriche to Namche Bazaar. Distance: 19 km/ 11.8 miles.

Namche Bazaar to Lukla. Distance: 19 km/ 11.8 miles.

Note: During this whole trip, you have to walk 4-7 hours every day on average.

Everest Base Camp Trek Route Overview

The Everest Base Camp Trek, a journey that epitomizes adventure and wonder, follows a well-trodden path through the heart of the Khumbu Valley in Nepal. Commencing with a scenic flight from Kathmandu to Lukla, or during peak seasons from Ramechhap’s Manthali Airport, trekkers are introduced to the breathtaking Himalayan landscapes. The first leg of the trek leads to Phakding, a charming village situated along the Dudh Koshi River.

Continuing onward, the route ventures into the renowned Sagarmatha National Park, where trekkers encounter lush forests, majestic waterfalls, and the first of many suspension bridges to be crossed. The trail then ascends steadily to reach Namche Bazaar, a bustling Sherpa town, and a crucial acclimatization point. Here, an acclimatization day allows for exploration of the nearby Syangboche and the enchanting vistas of Char Camp.

The journey continues to Deboche, passing through Tyangboche, home to the region’s oldest and most revered monastery. The spiritual ambiance of Tyangboche is truly captivating. From there, the path leads to Dingboche, offering breathtaking views of Ama Dablam, a stunning Himalayan peak.

To acclimatize further, trekkers take a day’s rest in Dingboche and can opt for a challenging hike to Nangkartshang Peak, standing at an impressive 5,121 meters. As the trek progresses, the landscape transitions into rugged, high-altitude terrain, leading to Lobuche, the last stop before reaching Everest Base Camp.

The anticipation reaches its zenith as trekkers finally set foot on Everest Base Camp via Gorakshep, an exhilarating experience that puts them in the very heart of the world’s tallest peak. A sunrise hike to Kalapathar offers an unparalleled panorama of Everest and its neighboring peaks, making the arduous ascent truly rewarding.

After soaking in the awe-inspiring views, trekkers return to Gorakshep for lunch before making their way back down to Pheriche. The return journey traces the steps back through Dingboche and Namche Bazaar, as the familiarity of the route brings a sense of accomplishment.

As the trek draws to a close, trekkers head back to Lukla, cherishing the memories of their extraordinary expedition to the Everest Base Camp. This remarkable journey has not only allowed them to conquer distances and altitudes but has also offered an opportunity to embrace the majestic beauty and cultural richness of the Khumbu region.

In conclusion, the Everest Base Camp Trek Route encompasses a series of challenging yet exhilarating stages, each unfolding a new facet of the Himalayan grandeur. As trekkers traverse these rugged terrains and immerse themselves in the soul-stirring vistas, they embark on an unforgettable quest that leaves an indelible mark on their hearts and minds.

Day-to-Day Everest Base Camp Trek Distance

In the Day-to-Day Everest Base Camp Trek Distance section, we will provide a detailed breakdown of the trekking distances covered each day, allowing trekkers to plan their journey efficiently. From the starting point in Lukla, the trail’s daily distances will be outlined, including the notable landmarks and villages along the way. By the end of the trek, we will reveal the total distance traveled, providing a comprehensive overview of the entire expedition.

Additionally, we will estimate the approximate time it takes to complete the trek, considering various factors such as altitude, acclimatization days, and individual pace. With this invaluable information, trekkers can prepare both physically and mentally, ensuring a successful and fulfilling Everest Base Camp Trek experience.

Additional Kathmandu to Lukla Flight Distance Information

KTM – LUK: 135 KM

Time: 30 mins

Note: During the peak season in the month of March, April, October, and November, Lukla flights are carried from the Ramechhap Manthali Airport.

KTM – Ramechhap Road Distance: 131 KM approx.

Time: 4/5 hours by private transportation

Ramechhap – Lukla: 74KM

Time: 20 mins

Alternative Everest Base Camp Trek Routes and Side Treks

For trekkers seeking a more diverse experience, there are alternative Everest Base Camp trek routes and side treks to explore. One option is the Gokyo Lakes Trek , which diverges from the main trail at Namche Bazaar and leads to the serene turquoise Gokyo Lakes, offering stunning views of Cho Oyu , the world’s sixth-highest peak. Another alternative is the Three Passes Trek , a challenging route that crosses three high mountain passes—Kongma La, Cho La, and Renjo La—providing an immersive journey through remote landscapes and lesser-visited regions.

Suggested Itineraries for Various Durations

Standard Itinerary (14-16 days): The standard itinerary includes ample acclimatization days at Namche Bazaar and Dingboche, allowing for a safer ascent. Trekkers visit Tengboche, Dingboche, and Lobuche before reaching Everest Base Camp and returning to Lukla.

Extended Itinerary (18-20 days): For those seeking a more relaxed pace and side treks, this itinerary includes the Gokyo Lakes Trek. Trekkers venture to Gokyo, cross Cho La Pass, and merge with the main route to reach Everest Base Camp. The return journey includes an ascent of Kala Patthar for sunrise views before heading back to Lukla.

Three Passes Trek Itinerary (19-21 days): This challenging itinerary takes trekkers on a thrilling adventure across the three high passes—Kongma La, Cho La, and Renjo La. Along the way, they visit the Gokyo Lakes and Everest Base Camp, experiencing a more off-the-beaten-path exploration of the Khumbu region.

Gokyo + Cho La Pass + Everest Base Camp Trek Distance

Everest Three High Passes Trek Distance

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance: Factors to Consider

Altitude and Terrain Impact

The altitude gain and the challenging terrain can influence the Everest Base Camp distances covered each day. As trekkers ascend to higher altitudes, the pace may naturally slow down due to reduced oxygen levels and the body adjusting to the harsher conditions. Additionally, some segments of the trek might require shorter distances to ensure a gradual ascent and proper acclimatization. The inclusion of acclimatization days provides trekkers with a chance to rest and acclimate, impacting the overall trekking distance and duration.

To mitigate the impact of altitude and terrain, trekkers are advised to maintain a steady pace, stay well-hydrated, and listen to their bodies. The trekking itinerary is thoughtfully designed to allow for proper acclimatization, reducing the risk of altitude sickness and ensuring a more enjoyable experience. Trekking in the company of experienced guides also provides valuable support and guidance, making it easier for trekkers to navigate the challenges posed by the Himalayan environment.

Acclimatization

Acclimatization days are pivotal in the Everest Base Camp Trek, profoundly impacting the overall distance covered. By allowing trekkers’ bodies to adapt gradually to the increasing altitude, these essential rest days help prevent altitude sickness and reduce health risks associated with higher elevations. The physical endurance of trekkers is enhanced as muscles recover and energy levels replenish during these much-needed breaks.

Additionally, acclimatization days offer an opportunity for exploration, allowing trekkers to venture to higher altitudes and witness breathtaking views of the Himalayan peaks. By fostering self-awareness about their bodies’ response to altitude-related challenges, trekkers can make informed decisions, ensuring a steady and safe ascent toward Everest Base Camp.

FAQs Regarding the Everest Base Camp Trek Distance

How long is the Everest Base Camp Trek?

The total distance covered during the Everest Base Camp Trek is approximately 130 kilometers (around 80 miles). This distance includes the trek from Lukla to Everest Base Camp and back to Lukla, as well as the side treks and acclimatization days at Namche Bazaar and Dingboche.

How many days does it take to complete the Everest Base Camp Trek?

The duration of the Everest Base Camp Trek varies depending on the chosen itinerary. The standard trek typically takes around 14-16 days, including acclimatization days. However, trekkers can opt for shorter itineraries of 10-12 days or longer ones spanning 18-20 days or more, incorporating side treks to Gokyo Lakes or the Three Passes.

What is the daily trekking distance during the Everest Base Camp Trek?

On average, trekkers cover around 10-15 kilometers per day during the Everest Base Camp Trek. However, the daily distance varies depending on the specific itinerary and altitude gain. Some days might involve longer distances, while others, especially during acclimatization periods, may have shorter hikes.

How difficult is the Everest Base Camp Trek route?

The Everest Base Camp Trek route is challenging due to the rugged terrain, steep ascents and descents, and high altitude. However, with proper preparation and acclimatization, it is achievable for trekkers with determination and a positive mindset.

(1) Comment

Thank you for providing such outstanding and comprehensive information.

Base Camp Hike

A Local Trekking Agency in Nepal

Home » Blog » Everest » Everest Base Camp Trek Distance

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance

by Jayaram Thapaliya · Updated September 6, 2023

The total distance of the most popular Everest Base Camp Trek is 130 km which will start from Lukla and ends also in Lukla.

For those who have previous trekking or hiking experience, the EBC trek distance from Kathmandu is not so far. The 138km distance you’ll cross by plane to get to the gateway of Everest(Lukla) whereas Lukla Everest Base Camp 65km and Base Camp to Lukla 65km is not so far.

Excluding rest day on our 14 days standard Everest Base Camp Trek, we will trek mainly for 9 days. So the average walk Each day during the Everest Trek is 9km(135km/9 days) per day.

If you go through a trekking agency, mostly they provide porters in the trekking package to carry the guest backpack. So in my opinion without a heavy pack, a 9km walk is not a difficult journey even though it’s high altitude trekking.

How many kilometers we should walk each day during Everest Base Camp Trek?

Day 1: 9 km Trekking (Fly from Kathmandu to Lukla and trek to Phakding in 4 hours)
Day 2: 12 km(Phakding to Namche Bazaar 6 hours )
Day 3: NA ( Acclimatization day)
Day 4: 11 km (Namche Bazaar to Tengboche 6 hours)
Day 5: 12 km (Tengboche to Dingboche 7 hours)
Day 6: NA (Rest Day)
Day 7 : 12 km (Dingboche to Lobuche 6 hours)
Day 8: 8 km ( Lobuche to Gorak Shep 4 hours)
Day 9: 22 km (Gorak Shep to EBC and back to Dingboche 8 hours)
Day 10: 24 km (Dingboche to Namche Bazaar 9 hours)
Day 11: 21 km (Namche Bazaar to Lukla)
Day 12: 138km (Lukla to Kathmandu 35 minutes)

There are several ways to get Everest Base Camp to see Everest Base Camp. The distance of Everest Base Camp Hike depends on the Starting point and Ending Point of the trek.

Mainly your duration of holidays decides how much distance you should walk each day. If the EBC trek length is 14 days there should be 9 days trek and on average 15km a day trekkers should walk.

About Author

Plan your trip to Nepal?

Design your trip with help from a local travel specialist.

Regd. No: 175840/074/075, Tourism License No: 2432

Promoted and run by:

Local experts and sherpas of nepal.

blog article

Mt Everest Base Camp Trek with Hiking Distance

Trip Overview

Everest base camp trek is the hiking trip to the base of the world’s highest mountain ‘Mount Everest’. Mount Everest is so massive that the local people call it Sagarmatha, meaning Mother of the Universe. Kalapathar at an altitude of 5643 meters is near Everest Base Camp and is the best viewpoint for a 360-degree panoramic view of Mt. Everest, Mt. Lhotse, Mt. Cho Oyu, and other peaks.

Everest Base Camp Trek certainly provides every hiker with the best trekking experience of his/ her lifetime. The major highlight of this epic trek is the magnificent views of the world’s highest peaks including Mt. Everest, Lhotse, Cho-Oyu, Nuptse, Pumori, Amadablam, Island Peak, Thamserku, and mighty of peaks.

Everest Base Camp Trek begins with a scenic flight to Lukla from Kathmandu, the capital city of Nepal. Lukla is the starting point and also the gateway of EBC Trek. From Lukla, you trek to Phakding and continue ahead to reach Namche Bazaar. You will rest at the Namche Bazaar, which is the trade center in the Everest region.

From Namche, the trail goes through beautiful forests of pines and rhododendrons to take you to Tengboche. At Tengboche, the Tengboche Monastery, the largest Buddhist monastery in the Khumbu region, which is located on the lap of Mt. Ama Dablam is another important alluring site. The monastery reflects Tibetan Buddhist art and artifacts.

You will then trek towards Everest Base Camp and ascend to the famous Kala Pathar from where you get panoramic views of Mt. Everest (8,848 m) and other surrounding peaks. It’s a good hike to Kala Pathar to test your endurance level. When you reach the top of Kala Patthar, you will find yourself in the most spectacular place ever imaginable. You will be standing in between the almighty mountains that rise above eight thousand meters and will be celebrating their splendor. The awe-inspiring views of the beautiful mountains swaddled in the glittering white snow take you to a place beyond your imagination.

After climbing Kalapathar, you retrace your journey towards Lukla staying a night at Pheriche and Namche Bazaar. Then with the flight you back to Kathmandu.

The major highlights of the Everest Base Camp Trek are as below:

• Scenic flight to Lukla (Tenzing Hillary Airport) • Explore Namche Bazaar, the trade center of the Everest region and also the gateway to Everest Base Camp • Visit Tengboche Monastery, the largest in the Khumbu region • Trek through Sagarmatha National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site • Hike Kala Pathar to enjoy the 360-degree panoramic view of Mount Everest and the nearby snowcapped peaks from Kala Patthar • Visit Everest Base Camp, the foothill of Mount Everest • Pass-through Sherpa villages on the route • Experience Sherpa culture, tradition, and lifestyle

Itinerary of Everest Base Camp Trek with Distance

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK OFFER PRICE: Excellent Himalaya Trek and Expedition offering Everest Base Camp Trek at USD 1195 for the Silver Package and USD 1275 for the Gold Package . This offer will be valid if you book the trip by the end of Dec 2023. Please email [email protected] or WhatsApp at +977 9851203181 for booking and further information.

Updated News please read: From 1st Oct 2022, according to the instruction of Civil Aviation of Nepal, the Lukla Flights are departing from and to Ramechhap Airport instead of Kathmandu due to ongoing upgrades at Kathmandu Airport & also heavy air traffic. It’s around a 4-hour drive to Ramechhap from Kathmandu. So, to catch the Lukla flight, you need to wake up very early morning and at 1:30 am should take a drive from Kathmandu to Ramechhap Airport. In the same way from Ramechhap Airport to Kathmandu by drive-in sharing. The return drive at the end of the trek is around 6 hours depending on traffic.

Note: The distance may be different according to the various navigation devices. The walking hours mentioned above may also be different according to the pace of trekkers.

When to go for Everest Base Camp Trek?

Everest Base Camp Trek is possible any time and month of the year. The below months have traditionally been used as a guide for preferred times of the year to visit Everest Base Camp.

October-November-till mid-December: This is Nepal’s peak and best time to go trekking. March-April-May: This is the end of the dry season and is also the best time to go trekking. After mid of mid-December to February: The skies are clear but it can get very cold. June-July-August: This is monsoon season and the least popular time to go trekking in Nepal. September: The post-monsoon effect may disturb the views of the Himalayas and Lukla flights.

How much price of Everest Base Camp Trek?

Are you in search of a recommended operator for the everest base camp trek.

Many companies promote the Everest Base Camp Trek package. Excellent Himalaya Trek and Expedition is different from others in the sense that it is based in Nepal and managed by Nepalese tourism experts, local experienced guides, and sherpas. This company is the direct operator of Everest Base Camp Trek, not the middle travel agency . This company is also recommended in Trip Advisor. If you are planning to Everest Base Camp Trek, for any information about this trek, you can freely contact this company by email at [email protected] or WhatsApp at +977 9851203181.

What things are required to pack for Everest Base Camp Trek?

This is a basic checklist of the essential items that you should not forget to bring with you during your Everest Base Camp Trek:

• A sturdy pair of trekking boots with good ankle support • Rucksack or daypack (50 to 65 liters) with waterproof cover • Trekking pants and waterproof trousers • T-shirts or shirts • Down jacket* • Wind/ waterproof light jacket • Fleece jumper or jacket • Inner Thermal (top and trousers) • 4 to 6 pairs of Socks and underwear • Sunglasses, sun hat, woolen cap, or balaclava • Inner and outer gloves • Headlamp, power bank, and extra batteries • Sun protection cream, lip balm, wet wipes, and hand sanitizer • Towel, flip-flop or rubber sandal, toiletries • One-litre water bottle and water purification tablets • 4 Season sleeping bag (good to -20 degrees C or 28 degrees F); * • Hiking poles, if you need • Your daily medicine if any, small personal first aid kit, aspirin, plasters (band-aids), anti-diarrhea pills, anti-headache pills, cough or cold medicine, anti-altitude sickness pills (Diamox or Acetazolamide), etc. • A small daypack/backpack for carrying your valuables

*Down jacket and sleeping bag you can rent/hire from Trekking gear shops in Kathmandu.

The above list is essential for your trekking. The weight limit for your luggage is 15 kg or 33 pounds. Remember that your luggage will be carried by a porter if you choose a package that includes a porter. Even if you have a porter you are required to carry a small day-pack with your valuables or anything important. We advise you to pack only what is necessary.

Why acclimatization days are in the above itinerary?

Acclimatization is really important if you are doing long and high-altitude treks like Everest Base Camp Trek. Each day you will take yourself up to a high altitude thus it is really important to maintain your body’s oxygen level by acclimatizing yourself before gaining high on the next day. Lack of Acclimatization may cause mountain sickness. Thus, in the above itinerary, 2 days are for acclimatization purposes. One day in Namche Bazaar and the next acclimatization day in Dingboche.

How does altitude variation in Everest Base Camp Trek?

EBC Trek starts from the elevation of 2804 meters/ 9199 feet at Lukla. Every day you will receive elevation in the range of 400 meters to 800 meters. As most people’s bodies are not used to these elevations, the trek includes acclimatization days at Namche Bazaar and Dingboche to ensure your safety. The highest altitude of the entire EBC trekking is Kala Patthar, near Everest Base Camp. Its height is 5555 meters/18225 feet. Kala Patthar is the best viewpoint for Mount Everest and its surrounding magnificent peaks.

Why do people choose Excellent Himalaya Trek for Everest Base Camp Trek?

Excellent Himalaya Trek and Expedition Pvt. Ltd. is a leading organizer and also one of the best Everest Base Camp Trek companies in terms of reviews of many trekkers, services, and success rates. This company is run by local tourism experts and Sherpas who have more than eighteen years of experience. Further, we are also authorized by the Tourism Ministry of the Nepal Government, for organizing Everest Base Camp Trek for all people from around the world.

Our salient features are as below by which all the people trust us as the best operator of Everest Base Camp Trek:

Run by Local Experts: As a local travel operator, we know well about the route of Everest Base Camp Trek and its surroundings. We know the best way of trekking to Everest Base Camp here and get you the same way.

Trustworthy: We are a trustworthy Trekking Company for Everest Base Camp in the sense that we are operating all Everest Base Camp Trek based on reality, integrity, and honesty.

Focus on your needs: We highly value all trekkers and are responsive to their needs and preferences. Our Everest Base Camp Trekking packages are customizable according to their interest and plan.

Good Value for money: We provide the value of what you are buying of our services at least equal to the amount you are paying. Our price is always competitive and does not have any middle or hidden fees.

Real Cared Services: Our one travel consultant or our local trekking guide keeps in touch with our clients every time. We make sure their protection is guaranteed so that they will have peace of mind while trekking to Everest Base Camp with us

Ask our experts (Inquiry)

Select Trip Special Puja at Pashupatinath, Abhishek, Cost and Time Annapurna Base Camp Trek with visit to Hot Water Spring Rafting in Pokhara Bisket Jatra in Thimi Motor Bike Tour in Nepal Kathmandu to Manaslu Trek Canyoning in Pokhara Manang Tilicho Lake Trek Kathmandu to Langtang Trek Trek to Kala Patthar Nagarkot Tour from Kathmandu Thorong la Pass Trek: Affordable Cost with Best Services Lukla to Tengboche Trek: Tengboche Monastery Trek Ghandruk Poon Hill Trek Namche Bazaar Trek (Short Everest Trek) Sikles Kapuche Lake Trek Lwang Village Homestay Tour Panchase Trek 2 Days Astam Village Trek Tour Chitwan Sauraha Tour Package Mardi Himal Trek for Nepali and Indian People Australian Camp Trek Nepal Poon Hill Trek Package Besisahar to Jomsom Trek Pokhara to Jomsom Trek Khopra Danda Trek: Cheap Cost with Perfect Itinerary Mohare Danda Trek: Community Lodge Trek in Nepal Pikey Peak Trek: Affordable Cost and Package Pikey Peak Trek Nepal: Itinerary and Price 7 Days Annapurna Base Camp Trek Tamang Heritage Langtang Trek Cost: Cheap Package Price Langtang Tour Package: Hiking Trip Everest Base Camp Trek Booking 12 Days Short Everest Base Camp Trek Kushma Bungee Jump and Swing in Nepal Kathmandu to Ghandruk Tour Package Poon Hill Trek Route, Distance, Itinerary Annapurna Base Camp Trek Distance Tilicho Lake Annapurna Circuit Trek Itinerary with Length Everest Base Camp Gokyo Lake Trek Combine Tilicho Lake Annapurna Circuit Trek Everest Base Camp Trek Nepal Companies Poon Hill Trek Cost Mount Everest for Beginners Annapurna Circuit Trek inclusive Tilicho Lake Everest High Passes Trek Cost Mt Everest Base Camp Trek with Hiking Distance Everest Base Camp Trek Kathmandu Manaslu Tea House Trek Annapurna Circuit Trek Package Manaslu Nar Phu Valley Trek Tsum Valley Manaslu Trek Three Passes Trek Distance Gokyo Lake Trek Distance Mera Peak Climbing Itinerary and Cost Guide Cost for Everest Base Camp Trek Mardi Himal Trek Distance Langtang Trek Distance in Km and Miles How Long Annapurna Circuit Trek Distance in Km and miles Difference between Annapurna Circuit and Annapurna Base Camp Trek Annapurna Base Camp Mardi Himal Trek Mardi Himal vs Annapurna Base Camp Trek Best Company for Mera Peak Climbing Upper Mustang Jeep Tour Package Upper Mustang Trek Package Best Company for Upper Mustang Trek Best Tour Company for Everest Base Camp Trek Nepal Everest Base Camp Trek How Long? Nepal Trek to Everest Base Camp 4 Nights 5 Days Hiking Around Kathmandu 3 Nights 4 Days Hiking Around Kathmandu 2 Night 3 Day Hiking Near Kathmandu 1 Night 2 Day Hiking Around Kathmandu Hiking in Kathmandu Paragliding Kathmandu from Chandragiri: Price & Booking Contact Mardi Himal Trek Nepal One Week Nepal Honeymoon Tour Package Kathmandu Pokhara Honeymoon Tour Kathmandu Honeymoon Tour Package Nepal Honeymoon Tour Packages from India Nepal Tour Package for Couple Solo Poon Hill Trek Solo Three Passes Trek with Everest Base Camp Solo Mardi Himal Trek 7 Days Mardi Himal Trek Kalinchowk Package Langtang Trek with Local Company of Nepal Langtang Trek Nepal Island Peak Climbing: Cheap Cost and Best Package Everest Base Camp Trek: Hiking to Mt. Everest Everest Base Camp Trekking in Nepal Annapurna Base Camp Trek in Nepal Solo Annapurna Base Camp Trek Nepal Mahayana Buddhist Tour in Nepal Gokyo Renjo La Pass Trek: Less Crowded Trekking Route in Everest Trekking Agency to issue Upper Mustang Permit, Guide, Porter Hire Price Shortest Mardi Himal Trek Trekking Agency to issue Manaslu Trek Permit, Guide, Porter, Jeep Hire Poon Hill Trek for Malaysia, Singapore People Mardi Himal Trek with Recommended Agency of Nepal Manaslu Trek with Best Local Company of Nepal Everest Three Passes Trek with Best Recommended Company Everest Base Camp Trek with Local Company Recommended Company for Island Peak Summit Climb Annapurna Base Camp Trek with Recommended Company of Nepal Annapurna Circuit Trek with Recommended Trekking Company of Nepal Best Everest Base Camp Trek Company Mount Everest Tour by Plane Quickest Trek to Everest Base Camp Best Nepal Trek Packages for Christmas and New Year Vacation Best Nepal Tour for Christmas and New Year Vacation Everest Base Camp Trek UK for British Poon Hill Trek by Jeep Drive Tour Everest Base Camp Trek in December Gokyo Lake Renjo La Pass Trek Mardi Himal Trek: Best Cost and Perfect Itinerary Trekking Guide and Porter Hire Cost in Nepal Everest Base Camp Trek from Brazil Everest Base Camp Trek from Philippines Everest Base Camp Trek from Indonesia Greenline Bus Kathmandu Pokhara Everest Mountain Flight for Bangladeshi, Sri Lankan & Others Everest Mountain Flight for Chinese, Thai, Malaysian & Others Three Passes Trek with Everest Base Camp Everest Mountain Flight for Indian Citizen Langtang Trek for Beginners, Seniors and Family Langtang Solo Trek Package Trek to Langtang Langtang Trek Cost- Best Package and Perfect Itinerary Annapurna Circuit Trek for Beginners Annapurna Base Camp Trek for Beginners Everest Base Camp Trek for Seniors Muktinath Tour Package Sarangkot Hiking Everest Base Camp Trek from Singapore Everest Base Camp Trek for People from Australia Everest Base Camp Trek for Beginners: Best Itinerary with Price Recommended Operator of Everest Base Camp Trek Manaslu Circuit Trek: Best Cost and Package Manaslu Trek with Cost Annapurna Base Camp Trek Cost: ABC Trek Package Annapurna Circuit Trek: Affordable Cost and Package Bungee Jump in Pokhara at Affordable Price: 101 meters Height Annapurna Circuit Trek Cost for Single Trekker for 2020/ 2021 Best Price of Annapurna Circuit Trek Annapurna Circuit Trek for Malaysia and Singapore Hikers Everest Base Camp Trek Cost for Single Solo Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal Everest Base Camp Trek at Hong Kong Dollar HKD Daily Hiking Distance of Everest Base Camp Trek in Kilometers and Miles Everest Base Camp Trek from Malaysia Annapurna Base Camp Trek from Malaysia Annapurna Base Camp Trek for Indian People Everest Base Camp Trek without flight to Lukla (By Road) 7 Days Poon Hill Trek 12 Days Annapurna Circuit Trek Short Annapurna Base Camp Trek Annapurna Base Camp Trek via Ghandruk Everest Base Camp Trek: Affordable Cost and Package Short Everest Base Camp Trek Hot Air Balloon in Pokhara Everest Base Camp Trek Manaslu Expedition: 8163 m/26781 ft Everest Expedition: 8848 m/29029 ft Amadablam Expedition: 6812 m/22349 ft Helambu Trek Tamang Heritage Trek Phaplu Everest Base Camp Trek Gokyo Renjo La Pass Trek Everest Base Camp Gokyo Lake Trek Cost: Perfect Itinerary, Best Package Amadablam Base Camp Trek Naya Kanga Peak Climbing: 5844 m/19168 ft Hinuchuli Peak Climbing: 6441 m/21126 ft Saribung Peak Climbing: 6346 m/20815 ft Dhampus Peak Climbing: 6012 m/19724 ft Tent Peak Climbing: 5663 m/18563 ft Singu Chuli Peak Climbing: 6501 m/21323 ft Mardi Himal Peak Climbing: 5587 m/18330 ft Paldor Peak Climbing: 5896 m/19343 ft Yala Peak Climbing: 5732 m/ 18790 ft Chulu West Peak Climbing: 6419 m/ 21059 ft Chulu East Peak Climbing: 6564 m/ 21005 ft Lobuche Peak Climbing: 6119 m/ 19581 ft Makalu Base Camp Trek Dhaulagiri Base Camp Trek Khopra Danda Trek Pashupatinath Tour Pashupatinath Janakpur Tour Muktinath Overland Tour Muktinath Tour Maratika Tour: Halesi Tour Lumbini Tour Kathmandu Temple Tour 3 Days Nepal Tour: Classic Nepal 4 Days Nepal Tour: Glance of Nepal 5 Days Nepal Tour: Romantic Nepal 5 Days Nepal Travel: Kathmandu World Heritage Tour 6 Days Nepal Tour: Wonderful Nepal 6 Days Nepal Travel: Nepal Jungle Safari Tour 7 Days Nepal Tour: Incredible Nepal 1 Week of Nepal Tour 7 Days Nepal Trip: Discover Nepal Best Selling Nepal Tour: Affordable Package Price Langtang Helicopter Tour 9 Days Nepal Tour: Nepal Vacation Package 10 Days Nepal Tour: Fascinating Nepal 11 Days Nepal Tour: Exploring Nepal 12 Days Nepal Tour: Colorful Nepal Island Peak Climbing: 6189 m/ 20305 ft Mera Peak Climbing: 6461 m/ 211907 ft Pisang Peak Climbing: 6091 m/19980 ft Rara Lake Helicopter Tour Muktinath Damodar Kund Heli Tour Annapurna Base Camp Helicopter Tour Nepal Honeymoon Tour Mardi Himal Trek Druk Path Trek: 10 days Trekking in Bhutan Gangtey Trek: 9 Days Trekking in Bhutan Bhutan Travel 8 days : Paro Thimphu Trongsa Tour Bhutan Travel 7 days : Paro Thimphu Gangtey Tour Kalinchowk Tour Bhutan Travel 6 days : Paro Thimphu Punakha Tour II Bhutan Travel 5 days : Paro Thimphu Punakha Tour I Bhutan Travel 4 days : Paro Thimphu Tour Bhutan Travel 3 days : Paro Tour Everest Base Camp Tour by drive: Nepal Tibet EBC Tour Nepal Tibet Travel: Kathmandu Lhasa Overland Tour II Nepal Tibet Tour: Kathmandu Lhasa Overland Tour I Guge Kingdom Tour Kailash Heli Yatra: Kailash Helicopter Tour Kailash Yatra : Kailash Overland Tour Kailash Tour with Lhasa Everest Base Camp Mount Kailash Tour with Lhasa Tibet Tour 9 days : Lhasa Everest Base Camp Travel Tibet Tour 8 days : Lhasa Everest Base Camp Tour Tibet Tour 7 days : Lhasa Gyantse Shigatse Tour Tibet Travel 6 days : Lhasa Tsedang Tour Tibet Tour 6 days : Lhasa Namtso Lake Tour Hindu Pilgrimage Tour Nepal Buddha Temple Tour Nepal Muktinath Helicopter Tour Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour Nepal Adventure Tour 9 days Nepal Adventure Tour 6 Days Tibet Tour 5 days : Lhasa Yamdrok Lake Tour Upper Mustang Trek Nepal Family Tour Everest Family Trek Nepal Family Trek Rara Lake Trek Kanchenjunga Base Camp Trek Upper Dolpo Trek Lower Dolpo Trek Tsum Valley Trek Langtang Gosaikunda Lake Trek: Cheap Cost with Perfect Itinerary Everest View Trek Three Passes Trek Everest Cost- 3 Passes Trek Package Gokyo Lake Trek Cost: Affordable Gokyo Lake Trek Package Classic Everest Trek The Last Resort Bungee: Bhotekoshi Bungy Jump Paragliding in Pokhara: Updated Price with Best Services Manaslu Trek Zipline in Pokhara: Classic and Superman Zipline Bhote Koshi Rafting Ultralight Flight in Pokhara: Best Price with Exciting Flight Everest Mountain Flight Everest Helicopter Tour Trishuli Rafting: Affordable Best Price Chitwan Jungle Safari Tibet Tour 4 days: Lhasa Tour Nar Phu Trek Ghandruk Trek Tilicho Lake Trek with Annapurna Circuit Poon Hill Trek Annapurna Circuit Trek Annapurna Base Camp Trek Langtang Valley Trek

Share this trip on

Have you any questions, if this trip doesn't suit you, make your trip happen, why travel with us.

Run by local experts, guide & Sherpa.
Focus on your needs.
Good value for money.
Real cared services.
Government recognized company.
Best reasonable rate.

Excellent Himalaya Trek & Expedition Review

Quick Navigation

Trip Reviews

Steps of Contact and Booking with us

From Lukla to Everest Base Camp: A Guide to the Best Routes and Trails

Quick links, how long is the trek from lukla to everest base camp, where can hikers stay while traveling from lukla to everest base camp, can any level hiker travel from lukla to everest base camp is it safe.

Located in the Himalayas lies the world-renowned trek from Lukla to Everest Base Camp, a journey that draws adventurers from across the globe. This 130 km (77 miles) round trip trek is a challenging but rewarding experience, showcasing the natural beauty of the region and offering a glimpse into the daily lives of the local Sherpa people.

The trek from Lukla to Everest Base Camp typically takes 13 days, starting from Kathmandu. Before embarking on this journey, hikers must train to prepare for the rigorous terrain and high altitude. This is especially important given the risks associated with being at such high altitudes for an extended period.

The trek from Lukla to Everest Base Camp is an unforgettable journey that offers a glimpse into one of the world's most breathtaking regions. With proper training and a sense of adventure, anyone can tackle this challenging but rewarding trek and come away with memories to last a lifetime.

Lukla to Everest Base Camp is 38.5 miles.
This entire hike should take people between 11 and 14 days in total.
Many hikers between these two spots spend 8–9 hours walking daily.

For people wanting to take on Everest Base Camp from Lukla, this will be the journey of a lifetime. This trek between the two spots is approximately 38.5 miles, usually taking hikers 11–14 days. One thing to note, this trek is 38.5 miles either way: totaling 77 miles. According to past hikers, people will begin their eight-day hike from Lukla to the Everest Base Camp and then four days to trek back to Lukla. Some may want to hang out at Everest Base Camp for a couple of days, so that will add time to the entire voyage.

Luckily, the scenery between these notable hiking locations offers unparalleled views of the surrounding landscape, giving adventurers insight into the Sherpa people. Another detail to remember when traveling between Lukla and Everest Base Camp is that most people recommend hiking for 8–9 hours daily to keep the schedule at 11–14 days.

Some people even skydive from Mount Everest : so the adventure doesn't need to stop at the ground.

Related: 10 Stunning Himalayan Hiking Trails That Are Not Everest (Or Even Close)

The Best Trekking Route To Everest Base Camp

When it comes to the best route for those trekking to Everest Base Camp, people want to take The Classic Everest Base Camp trek. This path is the most direct route from Lukla to the 18,192-foot peak of Kalapatar. Hikers will also get the best view of Mount Everest from here, so that's perfect for those wanting to snap a few photos.

However, here are some alternative routes and timelines that one could take to get to the Classic Everest Base Camp Trek:

Jiri to Everest Base Camp (19–21 days trekking)
Tumlingtar to Everest Base Camp (21–23 days trekking)
Gokyo Over Cho La Pass (17–18 days trekking)
Lukla to Tengboche (around 7 days trekking).

The trek from Lukla to Everest Base Camp is 38.5 miles each way, totaling 77 miles for hikers. Therefore, to finish this trek in 11–14 days, hikers must spend 8–9 hours daily on the move.

Hikers can stay between Lukla and Everest Base Camp in teahouses, lodges, and campsites.
Phakding lies between Lukla and Namche Bazaar, making it a great stop along the way.

Trekking from Lukla to Everest Base Camp will have a few lodging opportunities between the two destinations. Generally, past hikers recommend stopping in Phakding, which takes roughly 3 to 4 hours to walk from Lukla. Along this trail, people can stay in lodges or teahouses, which will be primitive and won't be a "typical" experience. The road to Everest may be daunting, so preparing for this journey is crucial .

To explain these teahouses/lodges , they are houses with usually more than two floors but sometimes only one, with dozens of rooms. This could be a fun way to meet other adventure seekers along the way to Everest Base Camp (and back), so don't be afraid to start a conversation.

The trail between Lukla and Everest Base Camp is globally visited, so there will be people from all different cultures and countries to enjoy this with. These ten Everest Base Camp facts may be fun to know before the journey.

Related: Mt Everest: The History & Story Behind The World's Tallest Mountain

In general, if someone is healthy and regularly hikes, they should be able to handle the walk from Lukla to Everest Base Camp. One thing to keep in mind, however, is that this trek isn't easy but isn't nearly as challenging as taking on Mount Everest. The entire region is known for its high elevation and chilly weather, which may be difficult for some hikers.

There are many things to see and experience at the base of Mount Everest , so people don't need to take on the summit to have a memorable experience.

According to trek guides , the Everest Base Camp area is far easier for hikers than other areas, especially when compared to Everest: often considered one of the more dangerous journeys on Earth. It may be helpful to train before heading to Lukla and then to Everest Base Camp, taking on hikes near where someone lives. For example, if there are mountains nearby, that could be a great way to train for this Nepal adventure.

Going to the gym and using machinery at an incline may also help prepare someone for this, although nothing beats getting outdoors. If there is any hesitation with taking on a trek from Lukla to Everest Base Camp, it might be worth consulting a doctor and ensuring people's health is good enough to head to the mountains.

These are ten essential tips for anyone traveling to Everest Base Camp that are worth reading.

From Lukla to Everest Base Camp: A Guide to the Best Routes and Trails

The Blog on alanarnette.com

Climbing the World to End Alzheimer's

Everest 2024: Snag in the Icefall Route

It was not unexpected, but the Icefall Doctors hit a snag when fixing the route. They struggled to find safe passage through the upper Icefall for several days. They had expected to reach Camp 1 about now and Camp 2 next week, but it obviously will take longer. Meanwhile, teams are preparing to return to Tibet for the first time in four years.

The Everest permit tally is now 130 foreigners across 11 teams. Many more to come.

Icefall Woes

The Icefall Doctors are experts in navigating the route, but every now and then, it gets tough, and this year is proving such.

The upper Icefall is a jumble of house-sized ice blocks strewn apart as the glacier falls from the Western Cwm. Gravity pulls them apart, while the friction at the base against the rocks keeps them in place. The end result is huge gaps that often require long ladders to cross.

Khumbu Icefall 2017. courtesy of Ben Jones

In 1951, the British team led by Eric Shipton climbed through the Icefall but stopped just short of the top because of a wide crevasse. To cross the crevasses, the early expeditions used long tree trunks brought up from tree line after they ran out of ladders.

I’ll dedicate a post to the Icefall and discuss ways to be safe, but contrary to popular belief and media reports, there are more dangerous sections on the Nepal side than the Icefall. Yes, if measured by single events, more deaths have occurred there, such as in 1970, when six Sherpas died in the Icefall, in 2014, when sixteen Sherpas died when a serac collapsed off West Shoulder, and last year, 2023, when three Sherpas died in the upper Icefall when it collapsed.

However, more people die in other places on the Nepal side of Everest than in the Icefall. From 1953 to 2019, there were 51 deaths in the Icefall, or 23% of the 217 deaths on the Nepal side. In fact, according to the Himalayan Database, there have been 66 deaths above 8000-meters or 30% of the total Nepal side deaths. Regardless, the Icefall is not a place to linger.

So, when can we expect the route to be through the Icefall? History shows between April 2 as in 2017, and as late as April 16 like in 2010.

Moving Higher on the Nepal Side

We see many trekkers visiting Everest Base Camp, but I don’t believe any commercial teams have arrived yet. However, some are already at Lobuche. This 20,000-foot trekking peak is used to acclimate and reduce the acclimatization rotations through the Icefall. IMG is already at Lobuche:

Ang Jangbu reports that today Team 1 moved up to Lobuche Base Camp (15,500 ft /4,700 m) after their acclimatization day in Pheriche. To get there they followed the valley up to Thugla, then ascended the terminal moraine of the Khumbu Glacier to the Sherpa chorten memorials. Another hour of trekking up the Khumbu Glacier lateral moraine took them to the scenic Lobuche Base Camp, located at the foot of Lobuche Peak. Over the next couple days they will enjoy acclimatization hikes and having their own private camp and cooks. These nights they will spend at LBC are an important part of the team’s acclimatization profile, which will allow then to move into Everest Base camp well acclimatized.

Ready for Tibet

Climbing Everest from Tibet always lags Nepal by a week or more. There are several reasons for this. First, you drive to Base Camp, taking a few days to acclimate, but it’s shorter than trekking the Khumbu. Second, the Camps are higher on that side, resulting in a shorter overall expedition. Then, some teams use “speed, flash, rapid” techniques where they use altitude tents to acclimatize back home, thus reducing the need for “rotations,” resulting in shorter overall expeditions, down to as quick as three weeks in some cases. In any event. We are still a few weeks away from much happening on that side.

Adarian Ballenger’s Alepnglow team is excited to return to the Tibet side after staying home the last four years:

Less then one month until the @alpenglowexpedtions family is back on Everest. The hype is real, and the energy in the Alpenglow office is off the charts. We’re packing, organizing, training, acclimatizing, and checking all the little details to ensure that everything is perfect. This will be my 13th season on Everest, and each season I’ve come home with new ideas and lessons for how to make Alpenglow’s expedition the highest quality on the mountain. From pioneering the Rapid Ascent approach, to choosing to only climb the mountain from the North Side, I’m proud of the program we’ve built and am beyond psyched to be back on Everest. Everest 2024, here we come!

Here’s to a safe season on both sides.

Climb On! Alan Memories are Everything

The Podcast on alanarnette.com

You can listen to #everest2024 podcasts on Spotify , Apple Podcast , Breaker , Google Podcasts , Pocket Casts , RadioPublic , Anchor , and more. Just search for “alan arnette” on your favorite podcast platform.

Preparing for Everest is more than Training

If you dream of climbing mountains but are unsure how to start or reach your next level, from a Colorado 14er to Rainier, Everest, or even K2, we can help. Summit Coach is a consulting service that helps aspiring climbers worldwide achieve their goals through a personalized set of consulting services based on Alan Arnette’s 30 years of high-altitude mountain experience and 30 years as a business executive. Please see our prices and services on the Summit Coach website .

Everest Season Special through May 31, 2024: 10% discount on all plans. Mention Everest 2024.

Share this post:

Everest 2024: Leaving Grass and the Trekker’s Summit

Everest 2024: Everyday Everest Podcast Series–Welcome and Part 1

Everest 2024: Weekend Update April 7: Climbers on the Trek

3 thoughts on “ everest 2024: snag in the icefall route ”.

Why are roofs painted blue in the Himalayan regions of Nepal (???) Do you know why villagers and monasteries do this (???)

Actually blue roofs are popular throughout Asia. The theory is a blue roof, especially if flattish, collects and retains water thus reduces the risks of flooding and the need for storm water sewer systems in the area. Another thought is that blue roofs reflect sunlight and reducing the need for cooling. In other parts of the world tradition has it that a blue roof will repel evil spirits.If you Google “blue roofs” you’ll find all kinds of ideas, but I think the rainwater makes the most sense and is widely used in monsoon prone areas like Southern China, India and Nepal

This is what every traveler want to get before traveling to new destinations. I really appreciate. Thank you for keeping us update. Keep the good work. Best wishes. Nepal is my favorite destination to move around and explore.

Have a comment? Cancel reply

/ World-renowned
/ News and Media
/ Current Dispatches
/ Private Everest Base Camp Trek #1 2024

Turn Your Curiosity Into Discovery

Latest facts.

The Art of Email Marketing How to Craft Compelling Emails

Elevate Your Audio Experience with the CuttingEdge OneOdio A10 Headphones

40 facts about elektrostal.

Written by Lanette Mayes

Modified & Updated: 02 Mar 2024

Reviewed by Jessica Corbett

Elektrostal is a vibrant city located in the Moscow Oblast region of Russia. With a rich history, stunning architecture, and a thriving community, Elektrostal is a city that has much to offer. Whether you are a history buff, nature enthusiast, or simply curious about different cultures, Elektrostal is sure to captivate you.

This article will provide you with 40 fascinating facts about Elektrostal, giving you a better understanding of why this city is worth exploring. From its origins as an industrial hub to its modern-day charm, we will delve into the various aspects that make Elektrostal a unique and must-visit destination.

So, join us as we uncover the hidden treasures of Elektrostal and discover what makes this city a true gem in the heart of Russia.

Key Takeaways:

Elektrostal, known as the “Motor City of Russia,” is a vibrant and growing city with a rich industrial history, offering diverse cultural experiences and a strong commitment to environmental sustainability.
With its convenient location near Moscow, Elektrostal provides a picturesque landscape, vibrant nightlife, and a range of recreational activities, making it an ideal destination for residents and visitors alike.

Known as the “Motor City of Russia.”

Elektrostal, a city located in the Moscow Oblast region of Russia, earned the nickname “Motor City” due to its significant involvement in the automotive industry.

Home to the Elektrostal Metallurgical Plant.

Elektrostal is renowned for its metallurgical plant, which has been producing high-quality steel and alloys since its establishment in 1916.

Boasts a rich industrial heritage.

Elektrostal has a long history of industrial development, contributing to the growth and progress of the region.

Founded in 1916.

The city of Elektrostal was founded in 1916 as a result of the construction of the Elektrostal Metallurgical Plant.

Located approximately 50 kilometers east of Moscow.

Elektrostal is situated in close proximity to the Russian capital, making it easily accessible for both residents and visitors.

Known for its vibrant cultural scene.

Elektrostal is home to several cultural institutions, including museums, theaters, and art galleries that showcase the city’s rich artistic heritage.

A popular destination for nature lovers.

Surrounded by picturesque landscapes and forests, Elektrostal offers ample opportunities for outdoor activities such as hiking, camping, and birdwatching.

Hosts the annual Elektrostal City Day celebrations.

Every year, Elektrostal organizes festive events and activities to celebrate its founding, bringing together residents and visitors in a spirit of unity and joy.

Has a population of approximately 160,000 people.

Elektrostal is home to a diverse and vibrant community of around 160,000 residents, contributing to its dynamic atmosphere.

Boasts excellent education facilities.

The city is known for its well-established educational institutions, providing quality education to students of all ages.

A center for scientific research and innovation.

Elektrostal serves as an important hub for scientific research, particularly in the fields of metallurgy, materials science, and engineering.

Surrounded by picturesque lakes.

The city is blessed with numerous beautiful lakes, offering scenic views and recreational opportunities for locals and visitors alike.

Well-connected transportation system.

Elektrostal benefits from an efficient transportation network, including highways, railways, and public transportation options, ensuring convenient travel within and beyond the city.

Famous for its traditional Russian cuisine.

Food enthusiasts can indulge in authentic Russian dishes at numerous restaurants and cafes scattered throughout Elektrostal.

Home to notable architectural landmarks.

Elektrostal boasts impressive architecture, including the Church of the Transfiguration of the Lord and the Elektrostal Palace of Culture.

Offers a wide range of recreational facilities.

Residents and visitors can enjoy various recreational activities, such as sports complexes, swimming pools, and fitness centers, enhancing the overall quality of life.

Provides a high standard of healthcare.

Elektrostal is equipped with modern medical facilities, ensuring residents have access to quality healthcare services.

Home to the Elektrostal History Museum.

The Elektrostal History Museum showcases the city’s fascinating past through exhibitions and displays.

A hub for sports enthusiasts.

Elektrostal is passionate about sports, with numerous stadiums, arenas, and sports clubs offering opportunities for athletes and spectators.

Celebrates diverse cultural festivals.

Throughout the year, Elektrostal hosts a variety of cultural festivals, celebrating different ethnicities, traditions, and art forms.

Electric power played a significant role in its early development.

Elektrostal owes its name and initial growth to the establishment of electric power stations and the utilization of electricity in the industrial sector.

Boasts a thriving economy.

The city’s strong industrial base, coupled with its strategic location near Moscow, has contributed to Elektrostal’s prosperous economic status.

Houses the Elektrostal Drama Theater.

The Elektrostal Drama Theater is a cultural centerpiece, attracting theater enthusiasts from far and wide.

Popular destination for winter sports.

Elektrostal’s proximity to ski resorts and winter sport facilities makes it a favorite destination for skiing, snowboarding, and other winter activities.

Promotes environmental sustainability.

Elektrostal prioritizes environmental protection and sustainability, implementing initiatives to reduce pollution and preserve natural resources.

Home to renowned educational institutions.

Elektrostal is known for its prestigious schools and universities, offering a wide range of academic programs to students.

Committed to cultural preservation.

The city values its cultural heritage and takes active steps to preserve and promote traditional customs, crafts, and arts.

Hosts an annual International Film Festival.

The Elektrostal International Film Festival attracts filmmakers and cinema enthusiasts from around the world, showcasing a diverse range of films.

Encourages entrepreneurship and innovation.

Elektrostal supports aspiring entrepreneurs and fosters a culture of innovation, providing opportunities for startups and business development.

Offers a range of housing options.

Elektrostal provides diverse housing options, including apartments, houses, and residential complexes, catering to different lifestyles and budgets.

Home to notable sports teams.

Elektrostal is proud of its sports legacy, with several successful sports teams competing at regional and national levels.

Boasts a vibrant nightlife scene.

Residents and visitors can enjoy a lively nightlife in Elektrostal, with numerous bars, clubs, and entertainment venues.

Promotes cultural exchange and international relations.

Elektrostal actively engages in international partnerships, cultural exchanges, and diplomatic collaborations to foster global connections.

Surrounded by beautiful nature reserves.

Nearby nature reserves, such as the Barybino Forest and Luchinskoye Lake, offer opportunities for nature enthusiasts to explore and appreciate the region’s biodiversity.

Commemorates historical events.

The city pays tribute to significant historical events through memorials, monuments, and exhibitions, ensuring the preservation of collective memory.

Promotes sports and youth development.

Elektrostal invests in sports infrastructure and programs to encourage youth participation, health, and physical fitness.

Hosts annual cultural and artistic festivals.

Throughout the year, Elektrostal celebrates its cultural diversity through festivals dedicated to music, dance, art, and theater.

Provides a picturesque landscape for photography enthusiasts.

The city’s scenic beauty, architectural landmarks, and natural surroundings make it a paradise for photographers.

Connects to Moscow via a direct train line.

The convenient train connection between Elektrostal and Moscow makes commuting between the two cities effortless.

A city with a bright future.

Elektrostal continues to grow and develop, aiming to become a model city in terms of infrastructure, sustainability, and quality of life for its residents.

In conclusion, Elektrostal is a fascinating city with a rich history and a vibrant present. From its origins as a center of steel production to its modern-day status as a hub for education and industry, Elektrostal has plenty to offer both residents and visitors. With its beautiful parks, cultural attractions, and proximity to Moscow, there is no shortage of things to see and do in this dynamic city. Whether you’re interested in exploring its historical landmarks, enjoying outdoor activities, or immersing yourself in the local culture, Elektrostal has something for everyone. So, next time you find yourself in the Moscow region, don’t miss the opportunity to discover the hidden gems of Elektrostal.

Q: What is the population of Elektrostal?

A: As of the latest data, the population of Elektrostal is approximately XXXX.

Q: How far is Elektrostal from Moscow?

A: Elektrostal is located approximately XX kilometers away from Moscow.

Q: Are there any famous landmarks in Elektrostal?

A: Yes, Elektrostal is home to several notable landmarks, including XXXX and XXXX.

Q: What industries are prominent in Elektrostal?

A: Elektrostal is known for its steel production industry and is also a center for engineering and manufacturing.

Q: Are there any universities or educational institutions in Elektrostal?

A: Yes, Elektrostal is home to XXXX University and several other educational institutions.

Q: What are some popular outdoor activities in Elektrostal?

A: Elektrostal offers several outdoor activities, such as hiking, cycling, and picnicking in its beautiful parks.

Q: Is Elektrostal well-connected in terms of transportation?

A: Yes, Elektrostal has good transportation links, including trains and buses, making it easily accessible from nearby cities.

Q: Are there any annual events or festivals in Elektrostal?

A: Yes, Elektrostal hosts various events and festivals throughout the year, including XXXX and XXXX.

Was this page helpful?

Our commitment to delivering trustworthy and engaging content is at the heart of what we do. Each fact on our site is contributed by real users like you, bringing a wealth of diverse insights and information. To ensure the highest standards of accuracy and reliability, our dedicated editors meticulously review each submission. This process guarantees that the facts we share are not only fascinating but also credible. Trust in our commitment to quality and authenticity as you explore and learn with us.

Share this Fact:

IMAGES

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance, Length and Elevation Guide
Everest Base Camp Trek with Gokyo Lake
Everest Base Camp Trek 2023 for 16 days Vacation
Everest Base Camp Trek Route Map
Everest Base Camp trek itinerary
Everest Base Camp Trek Map

VIDEO

Everest Base Camp View Best I Best #everest #trek #explore #travel #adventure #shorts #view #best
Everest Base Camp Trek 2024
Everest Base Camp Trek 2023
Everest Base Camp trek- Part 6
Ep 17: || Trek to Everest Base Camp||
Everest Base Camp Trek is Severely Overcrowded!

COMMENTS

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance, Length and Elevation
Distance. The classic Everest Base Camp trek from Lukla to EBC and back is 130km long - 65km each way - which may sound like a lot of trekking! Fear not, because the typical round trip to Everest Base Camp takes around 12 days, the actual distance you will be covering each day will be about 15km - a much more reasonable and achievable number.
Everest Base Camp Trek
Everest Base Camp Trek Overview. Distance - 120 km/75 mi; Days required - 12 days; Total ascent - 6015 m/19 734 ft; Total descent - 5821 m/19 097 ft; Highest point - 5640 m/18 500 ft Kala Patthar; Difficulty - difficult ; Permits - Local Government fee (NPR 2000/US$17 pp.) and Sagarmatha National Park permit (NPR 3000/US$25 pp.) is required.No TIMS card is needed for the trek.
Everest Base Camp Trek Distance Length and Elevation Guide
This is also because now you can customize the trail to just a 12-day hike from Kathmandu to Everest Base Camp and all the way back to Kathmandu. Everest Base Camp trek can be shortened when you take a domestic flight to Lukla Airport from Kathmandu. This minimizes the 135km distance in just 30-minute and when we do the same while descending it ...
Mount Everest Base Camp Trek: EBC Trekking Guide For Nepal
Trekking Distance. The one way trekking distance from Lukla to Mt Everest Base Camp is about 65 kilometers (40 miles). That means the total roundtrip distance of an EBC Trek is about 130 kilometers, even if you don't do any of the detours. Don't let that scare you off. It's a lot of hiking, but every step is worth it.
Everest Base Camp Trek Distance (Route Overview)
The Everest Base Camp Trek distance is a 130 km round trip beginning from Lukla.. However, the outward 65 kilometers to Everest Base Camp takes far longer as you need to factor in acclimatization. If you were to rush to base camp, you would almost certainly fall ill from altitude sickness.. This article is a guide on what to expect and how to best navigate the awe-inspiring distance of the ...
Everest Base Camp Trek (Nepal): The Essential Guide
Plan your Everest Base Camp trek with our in-depth guide. Includes a trek overview, itinerary suggestions, practical tips, maps, and more. DESTINATIONS. GEORGIA. Hiking Guides; ... DISTANCE | 120 -143 km depending on route taken (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes) DURATION | 12 - 15 days depending on route ...
How to trek to Everest Base Camp
The thing that makes the EBC trek tough is the altitude. Base Camp is at 5600m (18,373ft) and you will need to spend one or two nights above 5000m (16,404ft). Above 4000m (13,123ft) you are going to feel increasingly lethargic and out of breath as the amount of oxygen in the air decreases. Combine this with the cold, the discomfort of being at ...
Everest Base Camp Trek: The Ultimate Guide
EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DETAILS. Distance: 120 km round-trip from Lukla to Base Camp and back to Lukla (You will fly to Lukla from Kathmandu); Days required: 12 -14 days; Total Incline: (Undulation) - 6015 m; Total Decline:(Undulation) - 5821 m; The highest point on the trek: 5640 m/18 500 ft, this is actually at Kala Patthar, which you will hike to in the morning after reaching Everest ...
Everest Base Camp Trek
Distance - 9.3 km (5.77 miles) Duration - 3 hours (without stopping) 5 hours for photos, lunch and rest. ... Because we booked an all-inclusive Everest Base Camp trek with Simrik Real Nepal tour company, all meals and snacks were included with our accommodation. Each evening, hearty meals were served that included pasta, rice, or Dal Bhat. ...
Everest Base Camp Trek Distance
Below is a tabulated outline of the distances between various locations along the Everest Base Camp trail, alongside the corresponding duration required to reach each destination: Day. Location. Distance (km) Duration (hours) 2. Lukla - Phakding. 8.2 km. 3 to 4 hrs.
Trek to Everest Base Camp in Nepal
Take on the Everest Base Camp Trek in the Himalayas of Nepal - one of the most extraordinary adventure trips on planet Earth. ... Activities: multi-day hiking on the route to Everest Base Camp. Total trekking distance: either ~85 miles / ~136 kms or ~56 miles / ~90 kms ...
Everest Base Camp Trek Distance
Everest Base Camp trek distance as well as duration increases if you decide to visit Gokyo lake as well. It is a strenuous trail that goes through the Cho La pass. While descending from Gorak Shep, you will descend to Dzongla via Kala Patthar. Dzongla is at an altitude of 4830 m and this trek requires about 6-7 hours.
Everest Base Camp Trek
2 Highlights of EBC Trek. 3 Everest Base Camp Trek Overview. 4 Everest Base Camp Trek Route Map. 5 Detailed itinerary of EBC Trek. 5.1 Day 01 Arrival in Kathmandu (1350m/4429feet) 5.2 Day 02 Fly to Lukla (2880m/9448feet), then trek to Phakding (2610m/8563feet) 5.3 Day 03 Trek to Namche Bazaar (3440m/11286feet) 5.4 Day 04 Acclimatization day in ...
Everest Base Camp Trek Distance: Complete Overview
The total distance covered during the Everest Base Camp Trek is approximately 130 kilometers (around 80 miles). This distance includes the trek from Lukla to Everest Base ...
Everest Base Camp Trek Distance
The 138km distance you'll cross by plane to get to the gateway of Everest(Lukla) whereas Lukla Everest Base Camp 65km and Base Camp to Lukla 65km is not so far. Excluding rest day on our 14 days standard Everest Base Camp Trek, we will trek mainly for 9 days. So the average walk Each day during the Everest Trek is 9km(135km/9 days) per day.
Mt Everest Base Camp Trek with Hiking Distance
What is the Lukla to Everest Base Camp Trek distance and day to day hiking length This is the question of many hikers who are going to EBC. Day 1: from Lukla to Phakding is 8 km/ 4.9 miles. Day 2: from Phakding to Namche is 11 km/ 6.8 miles. From Louche to Everest Base Camp to Gorakshep is 12 km/ 7.4 miles.
From Lukla to Everest Base Camp: A Guide to the Best Routes and ...
For people wanting to take on Everest Base Camp from Lukla, this will be the journey of a lifetime. This trek between the two spots is approximately 38.5 miles, usually taking hikers 11-14 days.
Everest 2024: Snag in the Icefall Route
However, more people die in other places on the Nepal side of Everest than in the Icefall. From 1953 to 2019, there were 51 deaths in the Icefall, or 23% of the 217 deaths on the Nepal side. In fact, according to the Himalayan Database, there have been 66 deaths above 8000-meters or 30% of the total Nepal side deaths.
Adventure Consultants
Private Everest Base Camp Trek #1 2024. Private EBC Trek Starts Soon! DISCOVER. ADVENTURE. REPEAT.
"At 21, I was prepping for the 12-day trek to the Everest base camp
1,578 likes, 15 comments - shethepeopletvApril 8, 2024 on : ""At 21, I was prepping for the 12-day trek to the Everest base camp. Ajmal saw me at the gym that used to ...
‼️Everest Base Camp Trek BOOKING OPEN FOR 2024/2025‼️ Everest Base
36 likes, 0 comments - nepalmountainguidesMarch 28, 2024 on : "‼️Everest Base Camp Trek BOOKING OPEN FOR 2024/2025‼️ Everest Base Camp Trek - 14 Days :For further inquiry and booking ...
Distance from Elektrostal' to ...
Distance facts. North pole: 2,363.71 mi (3,804.03 km) How far is Elektrostal' from the North Pole? Elektrostal' is located 2,363.71 mi (3,804.03 km) south of the North Pole. Equator: 3,854.69 mi (6,203.53 km) How far is Elektrostal' from the equator and on what hemisphere is it?
Distance from Elektrostal to ...
Distance facts. North pole: 2,364.07 mi (3,804.61 km) How far is Elektrostal from the North Pole? Elektrostal is located 2,364.07 mi (3,804.61 km) south of the North Pole. Equator: 3,854.33 mi (6,202.95 km) How far is Elektrostal from the equator and on what hemisphere is it?
9th radio centre of Moscow, Elektrostal
The 9th radio centre of Moscow was a high power shortwave and medium wave broadcasting facility at Elektrostal near Moscow.Its broadcasting frequency was 873 kHz with a transmission power of up to 1200 kilowatts. It was also used as radio jammer of "unwanted" stations.
40 Facts About Elektrostal
40 Facts About Elektrostal. Elektrostal is a vibrant city located in the Moscow Oblast region of Russia. With a rich history, stunning architecture, and a thriving community, Elektrostal is a city that has much to offer. Whether you are a history buff, nature enthusiast, or simply curious about different cultures, Elektrostal is sure to ...

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance, Length and Elevation

Mark Whitman

Get a quote from the best local trek operator in Nepal!

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance Length and Elevation Guide

Table of Contents

Trek to Everest Base Camp Via Lukla

Trek to Everest Base Camp Via Jiri

Which is the best and easy way to hike Everest Base Camp Trek

Kumar Lamsal

Send us your feedback

Related Posts

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek: EBC Trekking Guide For Nepal

Best Everest Base Camp Tours

When To Do The EBC Trek

Everest Base Camp Weather

All About Everest Base Camp Trekking

EBC Trek Packing List / Gear

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

Guide / Porter / Solo

Hiking Fees

Accommodation & Amenities

Guesthouses

Food & Drink

WiFi / Cell Service

Electricity

How Much Cash To Bring

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

Trekking Distance

Altitude Sickness

Everest Base Camp Altitude

More Nepal Travel Tips

You may also like

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Everest Base Camp Trek Distance

Trek Itinerary

Day 1 (9 km - 4.5 hours)

Day 2 (12 km - 6 hours)

Day 3 (Acclimitisation)

Day 4 (12 km - 10 hours)

Day 5 (12 km - 6 hours)

Day 6 (Acclimitisation)

Day 7 (12 km - 6 hours)

Day 8 (8km - 3-4 hours)

Day 9 (22 km - 7 hours)

Day 10 (24 km - 8-10 hours)

Day 11 (21 km - 7-9 hours)

Day 12 (Departure)

Continue browsing

Andrew Roux

We work with local guides to offer great value adventures at unbeatable prices.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

EVEREST BASE CAMP

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK OVERVIEW

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK SUMMARY

NAMCHE BAZAAR TO DINGBOCHE

DINGBOCHE ACCLIMATISATION DAY

EVEREST BASE CAMP TO LUKLA

HOW TO GET TO LUKLA WITHOUT FLYING

FOOD ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

NEPAL TOURIST VISAS

BUDGET KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREKKING FILMS

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ELEVATION PROFILE

3D ROUTE MAP

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ITINERARY

CLASSIC EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ITINERARY

ALTERNATIVE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ITINERARY VIA KHUMJUNG AND PHORTSE

EVEREST BASE CAMP VIA KONGMA LA TREK ITINERARY

EVEREST BASE CAMP AND GOKYO LAKES TREK ITINERARY

IMPORTANCE OF BUFFER DAYS

OUR RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY

LUKLA TO NAMCHE BAZAAR

NAMCHE BAZAAR ACCLIMATISATION DAY

CLASSIC ROUTE VIA TENGBOCHE

ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA KHUMJUNG AND PHORTSE

CLASSIC ROUTE

ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA KONGMA LA

ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA CHO LA AND GOKYO LAKES

SEE MORE FROM NEPAL